HomeMy WebLinkAboutTeagle Hall-Ward Center Electric Service Upgrades SPECTEAGLE HALL &
WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE
UPG' ADES
Project Manual & Specifications
April 24, 2017
Owner
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Architect
Cornell University
Facilities Engineering
201 Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
Instructions to Bidders
Bid Form
General Conditions
Exhibit A
Exhibit A-1
Exhibit B
Exhibit C
Exhibit D
Exhibit E
Exhibit F —
Exhibit F —
Exhibit F —
Exhibit F —
Exhibit G
Exhibit H
Exhibit I
and Exhibits
Change Order
Change Order Documentation Instructions
Construction Contract Change Order Request
Construction Contract Change Order Summary
Schedule of Values for Contractor Payments
Final Release
Application and Certificate for Payment
Guarantee
Form I Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan
Use of MBE/WBE Vendors
Form II Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan
Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and
WBE Subcontractors and Vendors
Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report
Form IV Minority — Women Utilization Report
Labor Rate Breakdown
Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation
Contractor Performance Evaluation
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01 11 00
Section 01 14 00
Section 01 25 00
Section 01 31 19
Section 01 31 50
Section 01 32 16
Section 01 32 33
Section 01 33 00
Section 01 35 29
Section 01 35 43
Section 01 35 44
Section 01 41 00
Section 01 42 00
Section 01 45 00
Section 01 50 00
Section 01 51 00
Section 01 66 00
Section 01 71 23
Section 01 73 29
Section 01 77 00
Section 01 78 22
Section 01 78 23
Section 01 78 36
Section 01 78 39
Summary of the Work
Work Restrictions
Substitutions and Product Options
Project Meetings
Electronic Project Management
Construction Schedules
Photographic Documentation
Submittal Procedures
General Health & Safety
General Environmental Requirements
Spill Control
Regulatory Requirements
References
Quality Control
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Temporary Utilities
Storage and Protection
Field Engineering
Cutting, Patching and Repairing
Project Close Out
Fixed Equipment Inventory
Operating and Maintenance Data
Warranties and Bonds
Record Documents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TABLE OF CONTENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES Page 2
DIVISION 07 — THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07 84 13 Penetration Firestopping
DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL
Section 26 05 00
Section 26 05 13
Section 26 05 19
Section 26 05 26
Section 26 05 29
Section 26 05 33
Section 26 05 36
Section 26 05 43
Section 26 05 53
Section 26 12 00
Section 26 22 00
Section 26 27 26
Section 26 28 16
Section 26 51 00
Common Work Results for Electrical
Medium -Voltage Cables
Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors & Cables
Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
Hangers & Supports for Electrical Systems
Raceway & Boxes for Electrical Systems
Cable Trays for Electrical Systems
Underground Ducts & Raceways for Electrical Systems
Identification for Electrical Systems
Medium -Voltage Transformers
Low -Voltage Transformers
Wiring Devices
Enclosed Switches & Circuit Breakers
Interior Lighting
DRAWING LIST
T-001 Title Sheet
E-000 Scope of Work, General Notes, Symbology, Abbreviations and Schedules
E-100 Ward Center Existing and Phase 1 Electrical Work Plans
E-101 Ward Center Phases 2 and 3 Electrical Work Plans
E-102 Ward Center Details
E-200 Teagle Hall Existing and Phase 1 Electric Work Plans
E-201 Teagle Hall Phases 2 and 3 Electric Work Plans
E-202 Teagle Hall Phase 4 Work Plan and Details
E-203 Teagle Hall Lighting & Grounding Plans
E-204 Teagle Hall Details
E-300 Teagle Hall Isometric Plans
END OF DOCUMENT
Project:
Owner:
Architect:
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Teagle Hall & Ward Center
Electric Service Upgrades
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Cornell University
Facilities Engineering
201 Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853
1. PROPOSAL FORMS
a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined spaces
in the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in writing and in
figures. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents
on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate included in the Bid Form shall be
completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without
interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer.
2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL
a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral,
telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered.
3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION
a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be
addressed to:
Nancy A. Phelps, Director
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Proposal for: Teagle Hall & Ward Center Electric Service Upgrades
Submitted by:
(Bidder)
b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later than
3:OOPM on May 23, 2017.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -1
4 BID' OPENING
a. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner in Room 133, Humphreys Service
Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour and date listed in 3b. The Owner
reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and
time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto.
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
The lidding Documents will consist of the following:
(1) Instructions to Bidders.
(2) Bid Form.
(3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements".
(4) Drawings and Specifications.
(5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals.
D WINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED
a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts website
(http:f/finance,fs,corne11 edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfrn ). For assistance call 607-255-5343.
b. Additional sets will be available at $30.00 per set without refund. All subcontractors and
suppliers requiring may order these at $30.00 per set without refund. No partial sets will be issued. The
Contract Documents remain the property of the Owner.
c The successful bidder will be allowed ten (10) sets of drawings and specifications.
START OF WORK
a. Work at the site shall be started within seven (7) calendar days from the date of issuance
of written authorization to proceed and shall be completed no later than September 29, 2017.
BONDS
a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with
"Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds' each in the amount of 100% of the Contract
Price. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. Each of these Bonds are to be
in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve.
b. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of 10% of
the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded
to him in with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the
Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as
described in 8a above.
Rei=.9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -2
9. AWARD OF CONTRACT
a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the
entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are to be provided in accordance
with the Contract.
b. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will
be considered in making the Award.
c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any
infollualities in Bidding.
d. All Proposals shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60)
calendar days following the Proposal opening or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and
Contractor.
e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within sixty
(60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to
by the Owner and Contractor.
10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize
himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the
proposed Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the
facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract.
b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings,
Specifications and associated Bid Documents.
c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder covenants and affirms that he has carefully
examined the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any,
and the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has
satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all
matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance, and that as a result of such
examination and investigation, he fully understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make
any claim for, and waives any right to damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the
Bid Documents and the conditions of bidding.
11. DISCREPANCIES
a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications
and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the
Architect, who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be
responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing, addressed to
the Architect. Inquiries received by the deadline established at the pre-bid conference will be given
consideration.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -3
12. PRE-BID CONFERENCE
a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 9:OOAM, May 5, 2017, in Room 133 of the
Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the Contract
Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum.
13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS
a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and
experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder
to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties
satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved
individually.
b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he
proposes to perform directly with his own forces.
c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials
suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of
the Proposal.
d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for
which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and
approval of principal subcontractors.
14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS
a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and
all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided.
b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection
therewith.
15. UNIT PRICES
a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all
Bidders are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception, in the spaces provided.
b. Unit Prices shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith.
16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
a. A partial "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work is
required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form.
b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the
amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's
work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or Architect, the complete
"Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -4
17. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS
a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be acknowledged in the
space provided in the Bid Foiiii.
18. SUBSTITUTIONS
a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents.
b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of
work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract,
General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the proposed substitutions and the
amounts to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to each such proposed substitution in the
spaces provided in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the
materials and items specified by name or other particular reference.
19. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS
a. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub -surface conditions and similar
information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the
Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character
and extent of the soil data or other sub -surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no
guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended.
b. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location
of the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality
and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed
preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other
matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option,
conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall
make his own deductions of sub -surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of
the work hereunder and he agrees that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for
damages or other compensation, except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he
encounter conditions during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated
by him.
20. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION
a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from
payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes.
21. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX
a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from
payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes.
22. TAX EXEMPT STATUS
a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect
to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that
they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -5
23. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES
a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt
purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt
articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract.
24. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS
a. Provide with Bid Proposal:
(1) Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid opening
(2) Certificate as to Corporate Bidder
(3) List of Proposed Subcontractors
(4) Schedule of Values
(5) Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices
b. Within fourteen days after bid opening:
(1) Use of Minority and Female Vendor Forms
(2) Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female Subcontractors/Vendors
(3) Six -Month Workforce Projection
c. Execution of Contract:
(1) Insurance Certificate
(2) Performance Bond
(3) Labor and Material Payment Bond
(4) Schedule of Work (bar chart)
(5) Federal Tax Identification Number
END OF SECTION
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -6
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York
BID FORM
Submitted by: Date
To: Jessica B. Brewster, Manager
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Gentlemen:
The undersigned,
a
of
(Name of Bidder)
(Type of Finn, State of Incorporation, if applicable)
(Address)
having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General,
Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents
dated April 24, 2017 prepared by Facilities Engineering, 201 Humphreys Service Building, Ithaca, New
York 14853, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material,
equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance
necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents for the
following considerations:
1. BASE BID
a. All work complete, for the sum of
for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and
SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS.
(8 )
Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -1
2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL
a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in
place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance
with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the
Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications.
b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will
result neither in an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No
Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates.
c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the
following Alternate Proposals within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction
contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor.
Alternate No. Description
ADD DEDUCT
NONE $ $
Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -2
3. START OF WORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within
seven (7) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to complete the project no
later than September 29, 2017.
4. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the
following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions:
(1) Prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner and Architect reserve the right to review
the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors", and to delete from it the name or naives of any to whom
they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal
subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract.
b. Bidder shall list the naives of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision
of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3)
names.
c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of
the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision.
MASONRY
FIRESTOPPING
HARDWARE
ELECTRICAL
Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -3
HAZARDOUS WASTE REMOVAL
Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -4
5. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED
BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES
a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the Work with forces
directly employed by the undersigned:
b. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Project Manager will be:
(include resume with bid)
The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable
objection.
c. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Superintendent will be:
(include resume with bid)
The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable
objection.
6. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Construction Progress
Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the
Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. Such
schedule shall be in conformance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 15, 1.3, A.
7. BONDS
a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to
execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form
as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be
furnished by
(Name of Surety)
b. Bonding Rate for Change Orders.
c. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $ (10% of Bid
Amount) is attached to this Bid.
Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -5
8. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the
Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including
Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the
work, aggregating the total Contract Sum.
b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid
the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work
included under Alternate Proposals are excluded. Values relative to General Contractor's costs for
General Conditions are excluded.
Spec
Section Trades and/or Subdivision Value Included in Base Bid
Division 01 General Requirements
Division 07 Thernal & Moisture Protection
Division 26 Electrical
Total Bid $
Rev 9-2016 BID FORM BF -6
9. SUBSTITUTIONS
a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without
substitutions.
b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the
exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in
the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if
the substitution is accepted.
c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution.
d. The Bidder may offer a substitution for General Conditions, Article 2.05,
Superintendence by Contractor, by listing in the space below the proposed percentage of supervision to
be provided onsite, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is
accepted.
Percentage of Supervision
Deduction from Base Bid
$( )
e. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be
required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by
the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications.
Item and Specification
Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid
Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material
Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -7
10. ACCEPTANCE
a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall remain in force and effect for a period of
not less than sixty (60) calendar days after Proposal opening or such other time as may be agreed to by
the Owner and Contractor.
b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the
undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter
before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of
such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and
Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted.
c. The undersigned further agrees, if requested by the Owner, to furnish Performance and
Payment Bonds pursuant to Article 7 herein within ten (10) calendar days of issuance of such notice.
d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the
Alternate Proposals listed within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract
or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor.
e. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all
proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding, and to hold all proposals for the above noted period of
time.
Rev.9-2016 BID FORM BF -8
11. ADDENDUM RECEIPT
a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or
Specifications is acknowledged:
Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
By:
Title:
Business Address:
(Bidder)
Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -9
CERTIFICATE OF NON -COLLUSION
By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in
the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that
to the best of his knowledge and belief:
a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation,
communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such
prices with any other bidder or with any competitor.
b. Unless required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been
knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening,
directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor.
c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons,
partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition.
Dated:
By:
Title:
(Bidder)
Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -10
CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER
I, , certify that I am the
of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for
General Contractors; that , who signed said Bid Form on
behalf of the bidder was then of said Corporation; that I know his
signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly
signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body.
Dated:
(Secretary -Clerk)
(CORPORATE SEAL)
Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -11
GENERAL CONDITIONS
FOR
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
ITHACA, NEW YORK
Rev 07-2014
GENERAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Section 1.01 Owner 1
Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans
and Drawings 1
Section 1.03 Order of Precedence 1
ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2
Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2
Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2
Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and Labeling 3
Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3
Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4
Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4
Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions 4
Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5
Section 2.10 Meetings 5
Section 2.11 Related Work 5
Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5
Section 2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5
Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6
Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6
ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Section 3.01 Access to the Work 6
Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6
Section 3.03 Inspection of Work 7
Section 3.04 Inspection and Testing 7
Section 3.05 Defective or Damaged Work 7
Section 3.06 Acceptance 7
ARTICLE 4 CHANGES IN WORK
Section 4.01 Changes 8
Section 4.02 Form of Change Orders 10
ARTICLE 5 TIME OF COMPLETION
Section 5.01 Time of Completion 10
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 6
Section 6.01
Section 6.02
Section 6.03
ARTICLE 7
Section 7.01
ARTICLE 8
Section 8.01
ARTICLE 9
Section 9.01
ARTICLE 10
Section 10.01
Section 10.02
Section 10.03
Section 10.04
Section 10.05
Section 10.06
Section 10.07
Section 10.08
Section 10.09
Section 10.10
ARTICLE 11
Section 11.01
Section 11.02
ARTICLE 12
Section 12.01
Section 12.02
Section 12.03
Section 12.04
ARTICLE 13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TERMINATION
Termination for Cause
Termination for Convenience of Owner
Owner's Right to do Work
DISPUTES
Disputes Procedure
SUBCONTRACTS
Subcontracting
COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
Cooperation with Other Contractors
PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY
Accidents and Accident Prevention
Adjoining Property
Emergencies
Bonds
Risks Assumed by the Contractor
Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance
Liability Insurance of the Owner
Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards
Effect of Procurement of Insurance
No Third Party Rights
Page
11
11
12
12
13
13
15
16
16
16
16
17
18
18
19
19
USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER
Substantial Completion 19
Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 19
PAYMENT
Provision of Payment
Withholding Payments
Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment
Final Payment and Release
TAX EXEMPTION
20
22
22
23
Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 24
11 Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 14
Section 14.01
ARTICLE 15
Section 15.01
Section 15.02
Section 15.03
Section 15.04
Section 15.05
Section 15.06
Section 15.07
Section 15.08
ARTICLE 16
ARTICLE 17
ARTICLE 18
ARTICLE 19
Section 19.01
Section 19.02
Section 19.03
ARTICLE 20
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GUARANTEE
Guarantee
STANDARD PROVISIONS
Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted
Laws Governing the Contract
Assignments
No Third Party Rights
Waiver of Rights of Owner
Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action
Limitation on Actions
Owner's Representative
ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT
CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME
Release of Information
Confidential Information
Use of Owner's Name
Page
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
27
27
27
27
27
28
28
CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF
ETHICAL CONDUCT 29
111
Rev 07-2014
EXHIBITS
A Change Order
A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions
Construction Contract Change Order Request
Construction Contract Change Order Summary
B Schedule of Values for Contract Payment
C Final Release
D Application and Certificate for Payment
E Guarantee
F Form I Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan
Use of MBE and WBE Vendors
Form II Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan
Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE
Subcontractors and Vendors
Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report
Form IV Minority -Women Utilization Report
G Labor Rate Breakdown
H Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation
I Contractor Performance Evaluation
iv
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 1 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Section 1.01 - Owner
A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to
throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University".
B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches,
test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work,
whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The
Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of
this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University.
C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract
relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality,
acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation
to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly
provided.
D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between
the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and
determined by the Owner.
E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal
notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various
provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to
which they refer.
Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings
The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a
manner approved by the Owner.
Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence
A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract
Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the
better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs
in writing.
B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and
not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the
plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both.
C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the
extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with
provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern.
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations
A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work
required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply
with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the
local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins -Cortland Building
Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be
performed by Union labor.
B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant
and such temporary Work as may be required.
C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment,
machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services
necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or
regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or
distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the
Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay,
damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case
progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or
equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or
regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal
kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials
A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all
materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or
encumbrances.
B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner
shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise.
Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause
A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the
plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name,
catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal"
considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements,
Section 01 25 00.
2
Rev 07-2014
B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said
proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this
Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new
drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved
by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed
substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be
reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure.
Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling
A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity
specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into
the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose.
When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall
supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material
which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed
or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection.
B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require
that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials
meet said standards.
C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test
materials as provided in the Contract.
D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other
particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit
in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the
Contract is executed.
Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor
A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time competent construction superintendent
and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall
have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner
with the names and authority of such personnel in writing.
B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor
shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent
satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's
approval.
C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or
of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner.
3 Rev 07-2014
Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions
A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract
consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface
conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the
Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the
Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site
prior to the Owner's receipt of bids.
B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the
site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract
Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information
made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of
the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they
are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The
Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do
substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor,
the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a
change order shall be issued.
Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor
The Contractor represents and warrants:
A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to
perform the Work;
B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances,
orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work;
C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely
and satisfactorily constructed.
D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the
Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location
of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be
encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the
Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the
Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract
Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work
and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work.
Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions
A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all
dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions
or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer
said conflict to the Owner.
4
Rev 07-2014
B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements
prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to
meet field conditions.
C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location
of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location
or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner.
D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of
Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and
other affected Contractors and Subcontractors.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place.
F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in
additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs.
Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors
A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to ten (10) sets of
Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias.
B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the
Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing.
C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the
property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the
signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work.
Section 2.10 - Meetings
The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed
by the Owner or the Owner's Representative.
Section 2.11 - Related Work
The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship
of said work to the Work under the Contract.
Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout
Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the
Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the
Work.
Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies
The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and
report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative.
5
Rev 07-2014
Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30)
days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance
for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates
shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts
during this project.
Section 2.15 — Daily Reports
The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell
University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at
a minimum, contain the following information:
Name of Project
Project Number
Date of Report
Weather Conditions
Equipment on the site
Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each
contractor
Work/area and activity for each contractor
Overtime worked and planned work progress
Environmental problems and corrections
Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents
or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up
and check out, occupancy, etc.
ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Section 3.01 - Access to the Work
The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or
inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used
by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In
addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly
authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc.,
which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in
completion of the work.
Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing
If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the
Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the
Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of
such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided.
6
Rev 07-2014
Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work
A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and
examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner
that the work will not be delayed.
B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of
manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the
inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of
the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made
good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed
or damaged by said removal or replacement.
C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be
secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner.
Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing
All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing
in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and
suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be
covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required
by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums,
the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional
professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said
additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may
be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If
said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of
reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract,
the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement.
Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work
If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged
materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in
accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by
an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable.
Section 3.06 - Acceptance
No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the
Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other
Work resulting therefrom.
7
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK
Section 4.01 - Changes
A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the
general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders.
B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner,
issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an
adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance.
C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or
an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by
the Owner.
D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to
be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods:
1. By agreement with the Contractor.
2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved.
This method shall be used if the Contract contains applicable unit prices.
(i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the
Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance
with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any
portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than
25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project
as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
(ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be
algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit
Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and
deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and
then multiplied by the applicable markup.
(iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover
profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without
limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such
as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and
inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field
and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance,
taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety,
"as -built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and
profit.
8
Rev 07-2014
3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of:
(i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and
insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of
superintendent directly employed at the Site.
(ii) Materials
(iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the
Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and
directly on the Work.
4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in
Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu
of estimated costs.
E. Mark-ups:
1. Work performed by the Contractor. Where the Work is performed directly
by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum
equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof.
2. Work performed by a Subcontractor. Where the change order work is
performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by
adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said
Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an
additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs.
3. Work performed by a Sub -Subcontractor. Where work is perfo,nied by a
Sub -Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of
said costs for the benefit of said Sub -Subcontractor, by adding for the
benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%)
of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional
sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost.
4. No markup shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay.
5. No markup shall be paid on insurance, taxes, fringe benefits or bond cost.
Where the Work involves both an increase and a reduction in similar or
related Work, the above percentage override shall be applied only on the
amount, if any, that the cost of the increase exceeds the cost of the
reduction.
F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a
change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of
value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all
subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the foranat detailed in Exhibit
A-1. Each submission shall include a paper copy and an electronic .pdf format of all
documentation.
9
Rev 07-2014
G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation
specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any
damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work
to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights
to any other compensation for said damage or expense.
H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all
items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and
records relating thereto.
Section 4.02 - Form of Change Orders
All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved on the Owner's change
order form, which is included herein as Exhibit "A" and made a part of the Contract Documents.
No alteration to this form shall be acceptable to the Owner and no payment for change order
Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved on said
form.
ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION
Section 5.01 - Time of Completion
A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the
Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract.
All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid.
B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in
the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract.
C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure
full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for
the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the
average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the
Site.
D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in
which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion
established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect's or Owner's judgment,
it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas
of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas.
E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved
schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas.
F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the
Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time
extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any
excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to:
10
Rev 07-2014
1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the
Govermnent of the United States or the State of New York;
2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or
negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but
not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires,
epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and
unusually severe weather.
G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be
extended for:
1. all of the Work, or
2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order.
H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more
than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived.
ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION
Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause
In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any
Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and
upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The
notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If
arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the
Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of
termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor.
The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred
by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may
utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be
necessary or useful in completing the Work.
Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner
The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said
termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying
the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon
which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the
Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The
Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective
date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in
excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may
take over the Work and prosecute same to completion.
11
Rev 07-2014
Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work
The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed
by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies
due or to become due the Contractor.
ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES
Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure
A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to
perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that
any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall:
1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the
Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice
shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to
perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after
commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or
within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner
which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terns of the Contract.
2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with
the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by
the Owner.
3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed
matter.
4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a
dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working
days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written
statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is
contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the
Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original
decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's
claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a
notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute
but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as
directed.
B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed
unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner.
C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the
methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions.
12
Rev 07-2014
D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be
deemed to be:
1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that
the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and
provisions of the Contract;
2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation,
time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or
omission.
ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS
Section 8.01 - Subcontracting
A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors.
B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed
Subcontractor and Sub -Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not
award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub -Subcontractor without the prior written approval of
the Owner.
C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of
Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors.
D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all
subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the tends of the
Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the
Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the
Contractor.
E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's
obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control
and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors.
F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship
between Subcontractors and the Owner.
ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors
A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the
Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award
separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's
forces or separate Contractors.
13
Rev 07-2014
B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded
operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and
shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or
operations of other contractors.
C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other
contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship
on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with
the Contractor's operations.
D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so infolliied and failure to give notice of lack of
progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor
of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work.
E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the
Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall
investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such
directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner
shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's
failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another
contractor's default in performance.
F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work
with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed:
1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the
Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and
2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any
and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which
the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason
of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions.
G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any
other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any
Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for
said damage.
H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage
through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse
said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from
all said claims.
14
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY
Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention
A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of
persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all
applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible
for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods,
and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance,
or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods.
B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death,
occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work,
arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately
notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death. The
Contractor shall supply the Owner with all Contractor and Subcontractor written accident
investigation forms and accident reports prepared.
C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data
Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals
requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal
protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell
University for review and approval, prior to their use on site.
1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The
label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the
Contractor's name.
2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the
hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in
accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's
recommendations shall be used at all times.
3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and
Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the
quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and
supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss
in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the
Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said
loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner.
F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all
materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any
damage thereto until Final Acceptance.
15
Rev 07-2014
Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property
A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to
repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or
subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the
Contract.
Section 10.03 - Emergencies
A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property,
the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent
manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall
notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken.
Section 10.04 - Bonds
A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to
supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a
default.
Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor
A. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor
shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against all
claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting
from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, those arising out of bodily or
personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or destruction of tangible property, including
the loss of use resulting therefrom, to which the Owner, its agents or employees may be
subjected by reason of any negligent act or omission, willful misconduct, violation of law, or
breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by the Owner, except to the extent caused by
Owner's own negligence.
1. In the event that any party is requested but refuses to honor the
indemnity obligations hereunder, then the party indemnifying shall, in addition
to all other obligations, pay the cost of bringing any such action, including
attorneys' fees, to the party requesting indemnity.
B. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor
the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section.
The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of
particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of
the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for
risk or claims of the type enumerated.
16
Rev 07-2014
Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance
A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until
final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of
insurance:
1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the
requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may
be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of
not less than $1,000,000.
2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard
comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed
operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage's
issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations
under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this
Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf.
The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability
Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The
policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that
it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage's shall be maintained
for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under
such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and
Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever
is greater:
BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY
DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM)
$ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence
$ 5,000,000 Aggregate
3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection
with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non -owned and
hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being
used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear
license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined
single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of:
BODILY INJURY AND
PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY
$ 1,000,000 Each Person
$ 1,000,000 Each Accident
B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability,
including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits
as required under this section.
17
Rev 07-2014
C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on
behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The
Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as
they apply to subcontractors.
D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the
insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor's
certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various
coverage's and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that
the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon
expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by
the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon
renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage's, the Owner shall be provided with a
new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be
directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a
certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy.
E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled,
terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner
shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If
the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner
may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the
Contractor's expense.
Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner
A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability
insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for
damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from
operations under this Contract.
18
Rev 07-2014
Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage
Insurance Hazards
A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance
policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an
amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the
contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all
subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the
insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty
(30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at
the site, including reasonable compensation for architects services and expenses made necessary
by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site
and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as
may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be
suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to
cover "all risk" of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless
Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell
University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage's including all endorsements and
exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall
provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery
between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are
covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to
final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial
occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such
partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms.
B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected
with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind
or nature.
D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and
subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or
property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under
the Contract incident to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including
but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their
contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included
in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for
any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor,
subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be
included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors
severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for
damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of
whatever kind or nature.
19
Rev 07-2014
Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance
A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the
Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or
release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the
Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks.
Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights
A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of
action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist
irrespective of the Contract.
ARTICLE 11 -- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER
Section 11.01 — Substantial Completion
A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the
extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or
specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all
certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and
plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City,
County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction.
Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance
A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the
Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein
equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no
way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner.
B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems,
materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any
guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not
in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under
the Contract.
C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which
shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner.
ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT
Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment
A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the
performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract
Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents.
20
Rev 07-2014
B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been
completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications
have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments
made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to
the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract.
C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses
in accord with the following procedure:
1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating
the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as
specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This
schedule, attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part of the Contract
Documents, when approved by the Owner and Architect shall be used as a basis
for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a
statement based upon this approved schedule.
2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a
meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and
materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted
by the Contractor in the requisition for payment.
(b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable,
the Contractor shall submit a written statement, including Contract
Number, full name of the project and the name of the Owner's
Representative as set forth in Article 15, Section 15.08, in approved
format to the Architect with five (5) copies, setting forth in detail the
cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and
including the last day of the previous month and shall make application
for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement,
less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against
the Contract Price.
(c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by duplicate
copies of an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the
statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials
incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the
preceding progress payment, have been paid. Before final payment is
made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material
bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract
have been paid, including final waivers of any liens.
(d) If, pursuant to a prior written agreement with the Owner, payments
are requested on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in
the work which have been delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at
some other location, such payments shall be conditioned upon
submission by the Contractor of bills of sale, insurance certificates,
notice of bonded warehousing, in accordance with Exhibit "H". The
Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to
the site.
21
Rev 07-2014
3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and
approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application
for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection
therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar
days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the
payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor.
The Architect shall submit the approved applications for payment to:
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by
the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment,
that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their
knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with
the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the
amount certified.
After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall
make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30)
calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate from the Architect.
However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Architect shall not
hereby be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or
continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that
the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to
ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously
paid on account of the Contract Sum.
5. Any reduction with respect to retention shall be done in accordance with
the Change Order provisions as outlined in Article 4 of these General
Conditions. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a written request for such
reduction including a Consent of the Surety for such reduction.
6. The remaining ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and
materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the
Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor's work
within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.04.
D. "Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments" and "Schedule Contractors
Monthly Requisitions" (AIA Document G702; Application and Certificate for Payment) must be
submitted, in the form as those contained herein as Exhibit "D", to comply with requirements for
tax exemption.
22
Rev 07-2014
Section 12.02 - Withholding Payments
A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or
nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the
Owner from loss on account of:
1. Defective work not remedied.
2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or
materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's
property.
3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of
the Contract Price then unpaid.
4. Damage to another Contractor.
5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor.
6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method
Network Schedule.
Section 12.03 — Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment
A. As -Built Documentation
1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of
current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has
recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field
construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
B. Final Documentation:
1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment
in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following
documents with the Owner.
a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other
extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications.
b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub -Contractors in
accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto.
c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section
01 78 39.
d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed.
e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General
Requirements Section 01 78 23.
23
Rev 07-2014
f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section
01 78 22.
2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf fonnat and/or
Word Documents of all documentation.
Section 12.04 - Final Payment and Release
A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is
substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to
be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete
detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract
requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect.
B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of
the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the
Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the
Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion.
C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and
acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the
work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully
perforned, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of
the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a
part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and
sub -subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that
to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and
inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable.
D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being
estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate.
E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute
a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to
the Contractor.
ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION
Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption
A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including
sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed
Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools,
machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to
supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the
completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and
all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery,
equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials.
24
Rev 07-2014
B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates
or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said
certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation.
ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE
Section 14.01 - Guarantee
A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or
repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities
or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year
or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such
guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the
Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting
from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which
may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final
acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding
B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept
various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor
shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as
Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a
guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E".
ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS
Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted
Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract
shall be deemed to be inserted therein.
Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract
The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference
to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall
be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court
for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such
purposes.
Section 15.03 - Assignments
The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written
consent of the Owner.
Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights
Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of
action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract.
25
Rev 07-2014
Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner
A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner
except when such waiver is given in writing.
Section 15.06 - Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action
A. The Contractor shall submit copies of their Affirmative Action Program and the
Affirmative Action Programs of its proposed subcontractors within thirty (30) days after
execution of a contract. A meeting to review these forms will be scheduled by the Owner after
receipt of the same. Such Affirmative Action Programs must be satisfactory to the Owner. The
Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible
for implementing the Affirmative Action Program of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said
Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans'
progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be
submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report and
Minority - Women Utilization Report attached hereto as Exhibit "F".
B. The Contractor agrees, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provisions of
the Contract, that the Contractor shall comply fully with and shall cooperate in the
implementation of any Affirmative Action Requirements for Equal Employment Opportunity and
Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) participation required by the Owner, at no additional cost
to the Owner. Any such requirements shall be incorporated in their entirety in all subcontracts of
any tier.
C. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to the nondiscrimination
provisions required by applicable federal and state law.
D. The Contractor shall submit for Owner approval, a plan of affirmative action
designed to assure minority group members an equal opportunity in employment and subcontract
work within thirty (30) days of contract award. The Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan must
be approved by the Owner.
E. The following forns, attached hereto as Exhibit "F" and made a part of the
Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting Affi,niative Action Plans and hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
1. Use of MBE and WBE Vendors (Form I)
2. Summary of bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and
Vendors (Form II)
3. Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Form III)
4. Minority -Women Utilization Report (Form IV)
This Plan is supplementary to all federal and state nondiscrimination
requirements. Cornell University is an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer.
26
Rev 07-2014
F. The goals for participation (minority and female), expressed in percentage terms
for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work, are as follows:
Carpenters 4.8%
Electricians 14.1%
Laborers 7.8%
Masons 2.8%
Painters 25.7%
Plumbers 5.9%
Sheetmetal Workers 4.0%
G. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of
the Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Exhibit F — Form III) on a monthly basis. The Prime
Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the
project labor. On-site office personnel should not be included in the "workforce" totals. Such
forms shall be submitted to:
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Section 15.07 - Limitation on Actions
No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor
against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by
the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner,
unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination.
Section 15.08 - Owner's Representative
The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with
respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render
approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress
of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University's designated representative
(Deb Melanson) shall be recognized by the Contractor.
27
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 16 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT
The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for
the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing
files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection
and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's
local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a
period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or
audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained
until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub -
Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books
and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies
of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the
project.
ARTICLE 17 — CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
The Owner shall schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50%) based on project invoicing
and at project completion to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless
performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner shall present its review based on the
attached "Contractor Performance Evaluation", Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the
opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner.
ARTICLE 18 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims
for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account
thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular
process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to
believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be
responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell
University.
ARTICLE 19 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME
Section 19.01 - Release of Information
The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news
releases, internal house organs, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell
University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they
need such information to perforin their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement
from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing.
Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and
specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release
information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager.
28
Rev 07-2014
Section 19.02 - Confidential Information
The term "Confidential Information means all unpublished information obtained or
received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell
University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not
disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the
extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and
until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall
hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use
confidential information only for the purpose - of this Contract. The Contractor and its
subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed
to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each
subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the
Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be
sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before
any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes
known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties.
Section 19.03 - Use of Owner's Na:
e
The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, or other
promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the
specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative.
ARTICLE 20 -- CORNELL UNIVERSITY STAND 1 S OF ETHICAL CONDUCT
Cornell University expects all executive :.officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student
employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard
of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy
of which is available at http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. This
includes treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do
business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers.
Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their
families may not -personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the
acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee
for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of
an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In
addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business
related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies,
practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report
violations of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to on the web
lrtt.s'//secure.ethicssoint,com/domain/en/re.oz-t :custom.as.?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell
University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077.
29
Rev 07-2014
Cornell
Facilities Services
EXHIBIT "A"
CHANGE ORDER
Cornell University
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853
Distribution to:
OWNER
ARCHITECT 0
CONTRACTOR 0
FIELD 0
OTHER 0
PROJECT:
TO (Contracto
CHANGE ORDER NU
INITIATION DATE:
OWNERS CONTRACT NO:
CONTRACT DATE:
You are directed to
Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Contractor.
Signature of the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement herewith, including any adjus
ents in the Con
ac
Price or Contract Time.
The original (Contract Price) was
Net change by previously authorized Change Orders $
The (Contract Price) prior to this Change Order was____.__
The (Contract Price) will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order_______ ___________
The new (Contract Price) including this Change Order will be $
The Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by
The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES:
CONTRACTOR
BY
TITLE
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
) Days.
OWNER
BY
TITLE
DATE DATE
EXHIBIT "A-1"
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
Division of Facilities Services
Construction Contract Change Order Forms
Instructions to Change Order Documentation
Facilities Services ("FS") has created this Standard Change Contract Change Order Request and
Change Order Summary Forms to facilitate preparation of contract change orders in conformity
with construction contract requirements. The forms have been prepared to comply with contract
requirements presented in the General Conditions, dated July 2014.
The Change Order Request form shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in
preparing their cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work. The Contractor
shall submit to the Owner the Change Order Summary Form with all associated back-up
documentation.
Direct Cost of the Work:
1. Direct Labor — Include the "wages paid" hourly direct labor and/or foreman
necessary to perform the required change. "Wages paid" is the burdened labor rate
documented in accordance with Section 2.14 — Project Labor Rates of the General
Conditions. "Assigned Personnel or Work Crews" should be stated by trade or type of
work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason,
backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be
included. Supervisory personnel on the job -site, but with broad supervisory
responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor
2. Direct Material — Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to
perform the required change. Examples of "Unit of Measure" include square feet, cubic
yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc.
3. Equipment — Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the
change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental
rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed.
Bond Premiums
The Contractor's actual documented bond premium rate shall be added to all direct and
indirect costs of the proposed change.
Overhead & Profit
The Contractor's overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of
the proposed change in accordance with the Contract.
C:ORNELL UNIVERSITY
FACILITIES SERVICES
EXHIBIT "A - I"
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CILANGE ORDER REQUEST
COR
PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO.
❑ Name of Contractor/Subcontractor performing Work:
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. DIRECT COST OF WORK:
1 LABOR (Attach Supponute Dxtmtentatiaa)
ASSIGN -ED PERSONNEL OR WORK CREW
MATERIAL (Attach Supp;itin_ Dxumeuntwn)
MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR CHANGE
3 EQUIPMENT (Attach Supporting Dccumentaticro)
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR CHANGE
HOURLY WAGE
RITE P 3ID
HOURS
WORKED
TOTAL
COST
LABOR TOTAL®,
UNTT
PRICE
UN1T OF
\LEAST: RE
REQUIRED
UNITS
NLLTERIAL TOTAL
ETI
PRICE
U?1T OF
MEASURE
REQUIRED
UNITS
TOTAL
COST
TOTAL
COSI
EQUIPMENT TOTAL
DIRECT COST (SUM 1, 2, 3)
4 OVERHEAD AND PROFIT OH&P Rate =�
5 BOND PREMIUM Baud Premium Rate C:=3
TOTAL COST
TOTAL CON IR ACT DAYS ADDED/DELETED FROM PROJECT SCHEDULE
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FACILITIES SERVICES
EXHIBIT "A-1"
CONSTRUCTION -CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY
COR
PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. DIRECT COST OF WORK:
1 NAME OF CONTRACTORSUBCONTRACTOR
PERFORMING WORK
4 PRIME CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT
5 PRLUE CONTRACTOR BOND PREMIUM
TOTAL
COST
DIRECT COST (SUM 1, 2, 3) E.=
OH&P Rate E=1
Bond Premium Rate
TOTAL COST OF PROPOSED CPLANGE ORDER ITEM
TOTAL CONTRACT DAYS ADDED/DELETED FROM PROJECT SCHEDULE
EXHIBIT "B"
Project Title
Naive of Contractor
• •
o • a,
° E
o o 00
H U ~"
•
) ▪ 0 o
0
ov
o
•
a
Efa
H
0
H
Each Allowance must be listed as a Separate Item
0)
0
0
0)
Q
FINAL RELEASE
FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS
Date Contract Date
EXHIBIT "C"
Project Contract Price
Address Net Extras and Deductions
City Adjusted Contract Price
County Amount Previously Paid
State Balance Due - Final Payment
The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all
labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above
Project in accordance with the Contract.
In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $
being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release
the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon
improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the
Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor,
services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the
Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows:
The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute
this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has
properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a
good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and
services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions,
holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the
Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have
been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully -paid or open stock or were
fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice.
The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses
(including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the
below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors.
In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or
Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law
whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant
thereto.
The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and
installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will
remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract.
Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name
Day of 20 By:
Title:
{
AIA DOCUMENT G702 (Instructions on reverse side) PAGE ONE OF
O W F g
z x z
O V
6 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑
0
Z
F- f"
d C
U 0
< 0.
TO OWNER:
PROJECT NOS.:
CONTRACT DATE:
VIA ARCHITECT:
FROM CONTRACTOR:
CONTRACT FOR:
o 9 .0 cd c
5a)>,n.b
c'1 2
TUcgi o b' h.
a U G N C
0.0 U
k N Av
ti
o - G
u g a
E P-
C > C 2 v,
V o C
ro U
.UC O L
O O ro N O
w
6yi V v
u
0.0
6 000
O y U U
m.o E C.0
.0 .2.i. U q
T.-0•�
0 ro
y c
c
ti OU C a
U a°
U O
0o
.9.2 0
bCOA v2•?
cce . u
ro O ti
0 0 g
C M ro O U
FE506
O
U
W
<o
v
Er
aV
LL
zg
Omeow ffE
;
Q am
v.2
N
L
��
C9
aa"
SO
o.
L d
0 4)
T7
H G
CC co
�
z
O0.
U O
<U
0
0
N M go, {q
1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM
2 , Net change by Change Orders
3. CONTRACT SUM TO DATE (Line 1 ± 2)
Iq M
'S CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT
W
V
M M
w
z
uJ
LU
W F
-! v
UJO
ZCCa
a
0V
n0 ..0 O
.c
D U
?? O
"• � C
.. y
CS U (% O
C A ^ U
U c
47,C ` 'y i.
O O ro O
ro
M
o v Ec
G L li
3 a.c
0 rq
O
O 0 ~ W
H 4) v o�.
v v
C y U
v U A .5 .
2 '3 z
v ro v
0 d O cCa
u ; •O
uG V .0
O 0 WO r
0 K C O
`°'�
c. E.
v c O G
G v
c g
nq
.2 G ..<6
� O
O ' 9J ..'''
v'=-0
ro v
C u d o
N
8. CURRENT PAYMENT DUE
w
AMOUNT CERTIFIED
w
z
w
z
0
J
U
z
W
z
LL
o
w�
U °J
ZQ
U
EXHIBIT "D"
DEDUCTIONS
ADDITIONS
CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY
O
2
0
Q
a
cv
741
0
N
0)
}
!
)
AIA DOCUMENT G703 (Instructions on reverse side)
CONTINUATION SHEET
< $
EXHIBIT "O"
/
\k
\{
g
RETAINAGE
(IF VARIABLE)
RATE)
BALANCE
TO
FINISH
(C - G)
0
E
a0
TOTA L
COMPLETED
AND STORED
TO DATE
(D+E+F)
.
MATERIALS
PRESENTLY
STORED
(NOT IN
D OR E)
WORK COMPLETED
THIS PERIOD
0
FROM PREVIOUS
APPLICATION
(D + E)
u
SCHEDULED
VALUE
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
5b
2z
/
\k
\{
g
GUARANTEE
Date:
EXHIBIT "E"
In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell
University dated , we hereby guarantee
the as found in the specifications
for , Ithaca, New York to be free
(Project Title)
from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from
, the date of acceptance by the Owner.
(Date)
By:
Title:
(COMPANY)
EXHIBIT "F"
FORM I
CORNELIL =MB=
II (
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN
Use of MBE and WBE Vendors
Please print or type all information,
except where a signature is required.
PROJECT:
Amount of Contract: $
Name of Prime Contract Bidder:
Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code):
Telephone Number (Including Area Code): Trade:
1. List previous Cornell University work done by your firm:
2. Do you intend to subcontract any work on this project? Yes No
A. What is the total dollar value of work you intend to subcontract?
Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $
3. Do you intend to purchase supplies and/or use vendor services?
A. What is the total dollar value of your intended purchase and/or vendor?
Amount $
AND Range: From $
to $
4. List the work you plan to subcontract in area A. below and list the items you propose to purchase
and/or vendor services you propose to use in area B. Use additional sheet(s) if required.
A. Trade Amount of Work to be B. Supplies and/or Vendor Services
Subcontracted
Trade
Amount
Item
Amount
EXHIBIT "F"
FORM I
5. Indicate by dollar value and percentage of contract, the total of your goal for minority and female
vendors and subcontractor participation including your goal for purchases and services. (The
percentage given should be a percentage of your total contract amount.
MBE Amount $ AND Percentage
WBE Amount $ AND Percentage
6. Indicate your goal for minority participation in the labor force by dollar value and percentage of
total monthly manpower per trade.
MBE Amount $ AND Percentage
WBE Amount $ AND Percentage
7. List MBE and WBE vendors utilized by your filln over the past five (5) years:
MBE or WBE Vendor
CONTRACT
(Indicate which) ADDRESS PROJECT TRADE AMOUNT
This space provided for any comments your organization may have regarding the utilization of MBE and
WBE vendors:
OFFICER OF PRIME CONTRACT BIDDER:
Name and Title: Date:
Signature:
2
EXHIBIT "F"
FORM II
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN
Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE
Subcontractors and Vendors
Please print or type all information,
except where a signature is required.
PROJECT:
Name of Prime Contract Bidder:
Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code):
Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number):
MBE and WBE
Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of
(Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination
EXPLANATION OF ELMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc.
(Use additional sheet if necessary)
OFFICER OF FIRM:
Name and Title: Date:
Signature:
H
".1
ri
FCT die period of
CORNELL UNIVERS
!
I
2 i.,-.:, al
0 •P .,
H
73...
>1
4.,::,-, rl'
.;^!. 'lel
15 44
Pi
14
o.
.
'
Ir,
0
.
'
,
1
T
,
p
•i- '
;,-1 4 •A,
tr. a'
dr -7,4'
0
-41.
A
,..
.
L'
..
6 .
W -4
.-
iii
Ei -91
rr, A
. ..:
:11,
1..1 1'47
r TOTALS LJ
74 11
.4 !A 41:
—I :3
1
'i3 ..•
.•
PrimCo3triiitor. Slibcomtacio:
td Sut-Slibcont-aciofs erste
0
u
MINORITY - WOMEN UTILITZATION REPORT
,.. J
. ,
70
H o
Dollar
Amount
of
WBE Contract
1
1
III
Women Finn
Name - Awards
1
I
•
t '
.''
E2
AI
III
I
II
Dollar
Amount
of
MBE Contract
1
in
ET
Trade
N
II
III
I
Minority Finn
Name - Awards
1
i
!I
1
Dollar
Amount
of
Subcontract
Craft
and/or
Trade
I
III
II
Prime Contractor,
Subcontractor and
Sub -Subcontractor's Name
EXHIBIT IMI
E: EXMgT y a *gay
Payr T es aid I�saeramc
F.I.:.
Federal Unetnpl ' nt
Stade Un t
* Bodity Wiry P iia
Disability
TOTS
Pa yaii Taxe d Icn e Base to (x T I
t ace C trse¢ca cost apex pr c t and rice
haa•e b app : a t ¢tad rats.
upp1e ectal a efat:
natio
I3ea3t3t aT elate
Pension
ate Tom'
EXHIBIT "H"
Cornell Urove ty
Facilities Services
STORED MATERIALS INVOICING
DOCUMENTATION
PROJECT TITLE: CO\TR:C`.T tiO.
CONTRACTOR:
:ASON FOR REQUEST:
SUBCONTRACTOR:
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. DATE:
1lnfetfalldent' flcatlo
Descriptioun:
'`
Provide Specific Loeatiotr of Materials Stored:
Ine
to 0
voice or Ciitantified Statement of V aloe,
e
tach a Certificate ofIusivance for the above specified materials. Certificate shall nam
ornell Liuiversity" as a loss payee with respect to the specified utaterials:
Transfer of Title
The Coutraetoi hereby agrees to iransfei coiuplete ownership of all listed materials to Coiiiell Gniversit}- at the
#nue payment is made to Contractor for the above referenced Application for Payment. The Contractor remains
iespousible for all contractual requirements for the above listed materials including complete iustallatiou and
providing of all warranties.
d: Date:
EXHIBIT
Cornell Un
valuation
Sum Sheet
Propt,
Contractor
Chia
Scheduling
%SEEkWBE iP
Contract A
Co,
thus
s
Rating per
Ca ,. «; ry
Weight (%
10
0'.:0
0.00
0.00
Rating Reference
IlfContractor Evaluation Revi Input (Page 5 to be fill
by ttre Contractor before tP discuss"
TEAGLE HALL r • r CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPG - r ES
L UNIVERSITY
CA, NEW YO
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS 2
1.3 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS 2
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1
1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1
1.3 PARKING 2
1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES 3
1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION 3
1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS 4
1.7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. 5
1.8 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC 5
1.9 STAND DOWN DATES 6
1.10 WORKING HOURS 6
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 6
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 6
SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 DEFINITIONS 1
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS 2
1.4 PRODUCTS LIST 2
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2
1.6 PROCEDURES 3
1.7 EQUIVALENTS - APPROVED EQUAL 3
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS 4
1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS 6
1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS 7
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION 8
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 8
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 8
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 8
April 24, 2017
SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING 1
1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS 3
1.4 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) 4
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4
SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1
1.3 DEFINITIONS 1
1.4 PROCEDURES 1
1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW 2
1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 4
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4
SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES 1
1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES 1
1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS 2
1.5 SUBMISSIONS 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION 3
3.1 DISTRIBUTION 3
SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 1
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 1
3.0 EXECUTION 1
3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS 1
3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS 1
3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS 2
April 24, 2017
SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE 1
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS 2
1.4 PRODUCT DATA 3
1.5 SAMPLES 4
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS 5
1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 6
1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 9
1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 10
1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS 11
1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS 12
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 12
1.13 DISTRIBUTION 13
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 13
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 13
SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN 1
1.3 ASBESTOS 2
1.4 LEAD 3
1.5 SITE VISITS 3
1.6 CONFINED SPACE 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1
1.3 SUBMITTALS 1
1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION 1
1.5 NOISE AND VIBRATION 2
1.6 DUST CONTROL 2
1.7 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 2
1.8 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK 3
1.9 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS 4
1.10 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE 4
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4
April 24, 2017
SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 SPILL PREVENTION 1
1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES 1
1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION 4
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 5
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 5
SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES 1
1.2 INSPECTIONS 1
1.3 COMPLIANCE 1
1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS 2
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2
SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1
1.3 DEFINITIONS 1
1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS 3
1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 4
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 5
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 17
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 17
SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION 1
1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS 2
1.4 TESTING 3
1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
April 24, 2017
SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1
2.0 PRODUCTS 1
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1
2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES 1
2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION 1
2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 3
2.5 SUPPORTS 3
2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 4
2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL 5
2.8 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES 5
2.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 5
2.10 SECURITY 5
2.11 FIELD OFFICES 5
3.0 EXECUTION 5
3.1 PREPARATION 5
3.2 GENERAL 6
3.3 REMOVAL 6
SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1
2.0 PRODUCTS 1
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1
2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER 1
2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR 2
2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE 3
2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 3
3.0 EXECUTION 3
3.1 REMOVAL 3
April 24, 2017
SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 1
1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE 1
1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE 2
1.5 PROTECTION 3
1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4
SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR 1
1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS 1
1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS 2
1.5 RECORDS 2
1.6 SUBMITTALS 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 2
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2
1.4 WARRANTIES 4
2.0 PRODUCTS 4
2.1 MATERIALS 4
3.0 EXECUTION 4
3.1 INSPECTION 4
3.2 PREPARATION 5
3.3 PERFORMANCE 5
3.4 CLEANING 7
April 24, 2017
SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 INSPECTIONS 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 2
1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP 3
1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK 3
1.5 ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION TRAILER REMOVAL 4
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4
SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 1
1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL 2
1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES 4
1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 4
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 6
1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL 7
1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 7
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 7
SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1
1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) 2
1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) 2
1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS 2
1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED 2
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
April 24, 2017
SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES 1
1.3 RECORDING 2
1.4 SUBMITTAL 6
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 6
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 6
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00
Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work to be Done
Ward Center:
1. The scope of work includes replace the existing PCB oil -filled transformer bank (3)
250kVA transformers located in the transformer vault with a new outdoor 225kVA
oil -filled transformer. The existing medium voltage switch will be used as a junction
box to provide power to the new transfoinier. .
2. Install a second transformer to provide power for the 480V loads in the building.
3. Install secondary overcurrent protection in the transformer vault and connect to the
existing secondary equipment in the adjacent electrical room.
4. Replace existing fluorescent light fixtures in the transformer vault with LED light
fixtures.
Teagle Hall:
1. Scope of work includes installation of a 300kVA temporary transformer to provide
power to the 208V and 480V equipment once the existing transformer bank is de -
energized.
2. Replace the existing 13.2kV primary/480V and 208V secondary transformer banks (3)
167kVA transformers with 300kVA dry -type transformers.
3. Replace existing 15.5kV switch with a new 3 -way 15.5kV switch with overcurrent
protection. Connect the secondary overcurrent protection to the existing 208V
secondary equipment in the adjacent electrical room. The existing 480V secondary
equipment will be reused with new fuses.
4. Replace the existing doors with larger doors and hardware, and install a new louver in
the transformer vault.
5. Replace the existing light fixtures with new LED light fixtures.
B. The Scope of the Work
1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the
furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of
the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site,
joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete,
functioning entity.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00
Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but
which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be
included.
3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each
item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install
materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions
of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the
work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus,
machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not
hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or
perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with
the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be
furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest
quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material,
equipment or Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in
themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or
greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written
addendum to the Contract.
1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
A. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including
providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract
work with work performed under others contracts.
1.3 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS
A. The Owner has pre -purchased the following equipment to be installed by the Contractor:
1. One (1) 15kV G&W Loop Switch for Teagle Hall.
2. One (1) 225kVA 3 -Phase Oil -filled, Pad -mounted Transformer for Ward Center.
B. The Contractor shall receive, unload, and install Owner furnished equipment as shown on the
plans and called for in the Specifications.
C. Receiving and Unloading
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking and verifying receipt of items and
shall be responsible for confirming that the quantities and condition of the materials
are appropriate for installation and the completion of the Work of the project.
2. The Contractor shall note any damage and/or short count on the Bill of Loading for
any Owner Furnished Equipment received, such listing of damages or short count
being required to establish the Owner's potential claim against the carrier. The
Contractor shall also notify the Owner directly on any such damage and/or short
count.
3. Unload Owner Furnished Equipment at the job site using necessary care and
equipment as required to handle the equipment in a safe manner.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00
Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
4. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers necessary to handle, receive and install
Owner Furnished Equipment.
5. Install Owner Furnished Equipment as called for in the Drawings or in these
Specifications.
D. Installation
1. Install products in conformance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
2. Provide interconnecting structures, equipment, piping, electrical and instrumentation
work, finish painting, and appurtenances to achieve a complete and functional system.
E. Use of Materials
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the use of Owner provide materials in an
efficient manner in accordance with industry standards and best practices to reduce
waste materials.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 11 00***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 24, 2017
CO ' ELL UNIVERS
TY
SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York 0 STRICTIONS
.0
1.1
SECTION 0 14 00 0 RESTRICTIONS
GENE
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
2 CONT <.CTOR USE OF PREMISES
All traffic and pedestrian control measures shall be compliant with the National Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) and 17 NYC
Chapter V (New York Supplement), (https;//www,doteny.gov/muted) and all other local
laws and regulations.
The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least
interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at
all times.
The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of
traffic will be maintained on all public streets. - Two flag persons, equipped with radio
communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane
of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the
Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges.
D. The Contractor shall maintain 20' minimum fire lane access.
The Contractor shall post and maintain flag persons and suitable signs indicating that
construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required.
The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways,
roadways and footpaths, and shall conform to all laws and regulations concerning the use
thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to
the site for delivery of construction materials and/or equipment shall be made only at the
locations shown in the Contract Documents or approved by the Owner's Representative.
G. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt and debris from making its way to
roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris, which may collect on
permanent roadways due to the Work.
The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the
Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines.
TEAGLE HALL & W ' I CENTER ST CTIONS 01 14 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPG `' x ) ES April 24, 2017
COELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York
STRICTIONS
For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed in other
than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and
removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the
Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the
normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces.
It is the Owner's expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize
damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personal
lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site,
including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their
original condition after completion of Work. _ Such repair work shall include lawn
restoration and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of
Work.
K. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as
directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with
prior approval of the Owner's Representative.
Parking may be made available for staging at Palm Road or other pre -determined area for
the duration of the project. The Contractor will be responsible for fencing, securing and
maintaining the designated area. All vehicles at Palm Road must be registered with
Transportation Services.
.3 NG
A. The Owner may designate an area for parking of essential Contractor vehicles on the project
site.
. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear he cost, for transportation of all trade
persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary.
It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The
Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. - The
Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Debra Melanson) for additional
information. The Contractor will be required to complete a "New Construction Employee
Form" for each permit requested. This form may be found at
http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm.
D. Contractor shall cooperate with Transportation Services and/or other authorities having
jurisdiction, as follows:
Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers,
and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the
designated parking area.
Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc.
Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements.
Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the
construction site.
TEAGLE HALL & WA' 1; CENTER 0 ST CT ONS 01 14 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPG'' K M ES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
E. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers,
rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the
Contractor's direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the
property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in
the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of
the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore.
1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES
A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect
the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere
with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding.
B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building
services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased.
C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the
Owner's discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working
hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses.
D. When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities
or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative.
E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without
the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or
outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University
to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those
affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits.
F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for
more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to
all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and
Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department.
G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and
requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner's Representative.
H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY.
1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION
A. General
1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and
verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings,
changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work,
equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and
Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to
obstacles and interferences encountered.
3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit
drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes.
4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building
equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be
installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions
and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a
requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the
critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the
Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations
other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the
installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until
all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts
approved by the Architect.
B. Interference
1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with
removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and
safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring
frequent attention.
1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS
A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of
construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis -of -design
equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned.
B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs
in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions:
1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing
maintenance and service space required.
2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all
trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no
increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices,
valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of
revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and
connections by other trades.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss,
possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for
removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to
Contract Drawings and Specifications.
1.7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC.
A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit
complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed
and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner
does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed.
1.8 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC.
A. Before Submitting Proposal
1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine
scope and relation to other work.
2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications,
by visiting site and/or building.
3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities.
B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area
1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building.
2. Inspect all adjacent work.
C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement
1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying
Drawings.
2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged
misunderstanding.
D. Existing or Archived Drawings
1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic
format only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not
to be considered contract drawings and are provided "FOR INFORMATION ONLY".
The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing
current conditions.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
1.9 STAND DOWN DATES
A. Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor's management and supervision of the
following dates and hours is required.
1. Stand -Down Dates (No construction work and no deliveries on site):
a. Commencement Weekend
■ Saturday, May 27, 2017
■ Sunday, May 28, 2017
b. Reunion Weekend
■ Saturday, June June 10, 2017
■ Sunday, June June 11, 2017
2. Restricted Work Dates (delivery & demolition restrictions but otherwise work as
usual):
Friday, May 26, 2017 Commencement weekend- deliveries and work
outside fence stop at noon
Thursday, Friday June 8 — 9, 2017 Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence;
no demo or utility work inside fence
Friday, June 9, 2017 Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside
fence stop at noon
1.10 WORKING HOURS
A. Normal work hours are 7AM-dusk Monday -Saturday except during above noted
restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that
could disturb residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions
necessitate work to extend beyond these hours — Contractor may submit a detailed request
with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a
written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be
granted.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 14 00***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and
conditions for substitutions stated in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction
from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1 Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to
changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor's control, such as
unavailability of product, or regulatory changes.
a. Products that are not available from Contractor's preferred suppliers does not
constitute unavailability of product.
2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are
not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to
Contractor or Owner.
B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published
product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project
or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products.
Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are
considered new products, unless indicated otherwise.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or
exceed those of specified product.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT 01 25 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES OPTIONS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
C. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's
product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make
or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type,
function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other
characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers
named in the specification.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request
Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation
method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing
numbers and titles.
1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed
on the Bid Foiui with description, specification references, and corresponding change
in base bid
1.4 PRODUCTS LIST
A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a
complete list of products which are proposed for installation.
B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number.
C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product:
1. Name and address of the manufacturer.
2. Trade name.
3. Model or catalog designation.
4. Manufacturer's data:
a. Reference standards.
b. Performance test data.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed
substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to
perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT 01 25 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES OPTIONS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected,
even if previously selected products were also options.
1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible
with other products and construction methods.
2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible
products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.
1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted
substitutions and approved comparable products.
1.7 EQUIVALENTS — APPROVED EQUAL
A. Equivalents or Approvals - General
1. The words "similar and equal to", or "or equal", "equivalent" and such other words of
similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean
similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A
and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word
"products" shall be deemed to include the words "articles", "materials", "items",
"equipment" and "methods". Whenever in the Contract documents one or more
products are specified, the words "similar and equal to" shall be deemed inserted.
2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the
name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent
is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect
has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any
product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is
approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B
of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a
proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of
proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the
proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such
determination the Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it
may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved.
3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or
implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product
similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and
make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named
product or of a product similar and equal to any named product.
4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages
by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect
to approve a product proposed by the Contractor.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT 01 25 00-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES OPTIONS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only
from the Contractor.
B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding
1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after
bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the
Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of
manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for
consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it
ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is
superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed
equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is
to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable
to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the
proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act
diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required
for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the
proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is
equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since
the Notice of Award of the Contract.
2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product
proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign
of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all
new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the
Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense.
3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product
proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity
and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work
from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor
shall provide the same at its own cost and expense.
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS
A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard,
by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of
products and manufacturers named.
1. Products:
a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or
subparagraphs titled "Products" or that include the phrase "provide one of the
following", and include a List of names of both manufacturers and products,
provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable
products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
- Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT 01 25 00-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES OPTIONS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
b. Non -restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Products" or that include the
phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of
names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products
listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with
requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed
product.
2. Manufacturers:
a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or
subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" or that include the phrase "provide
products by one of the following", and include a list of manufacturers' names,
provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with
requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be
considered.
Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Non -restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Manufacturers" or that include
the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of
available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or
a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration
of an unnamed manufacturer's product.
3. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product
indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or
indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers.
Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other
characteristics that are based on the product named.
a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and include a list
of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a
comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with
requirements.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for
consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named
manufacturers.
Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Non -restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and do not
include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated
product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with
requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for
consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT 01 25 00-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES OPTIONS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or
equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or
manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Form
as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed.
D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no
substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Form as provided in the Instructions
to Bidders.
1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need
for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of
related submittals.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of
contract award.
C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with:
1. Completed "Request for Substitution" foim in eBuilder. A request for substitution of
a product, material, or process for that specified in the Contract Documents must be
formally submitted as such accompanied by evidence that the proposed substitution
( 1 ) is equal in quality and serviceability to the specified item; (2) will not entail
changes in detail and construction of Other Work; (3) will be acceptable to the
Architect and Owner's Design Consultant's in achieving design and artistic intent; and
(4) will not result in a cost and/or schedule disadvantage.
2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with
requirements stated in Contract Documents:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature; identify:
Product description.
Reference standards.
Perfouuance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the
date of each installation.
3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing
any variations.
4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule.
5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT 01 25 00-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES OPTIONS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0125 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
6. List any changes required in other work or projects.
7. Designate any required license fees or royalties.
8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials.
D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum.
E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when:
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a
formal request from the Contractor.
2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier.
3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents.
F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the
Owner.
G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed
substitution.
1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will
be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are
not satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record
noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by
name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of
an unnamed product or manufacturer:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract
Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the
indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in
the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance,
weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties,
and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the
product specified.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses
and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
5. Samples, if requested.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT 01 25 00-7
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES OPTIONS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that:
1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the
Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions,
quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be
installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product
Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract
Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the
Contractor.
2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined
that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified.
3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for
the product specified.
4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the
Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in
all respects.
5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which
may subsequently become apparent.
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness.
B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the
Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 25 00***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT 01 25 00-8
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES OPTIONS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
SECTION 0131 19 PROJECT MEETINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre -construction meeting, periodic progress
meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work.
1. Prepare agenda for meetings.
2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date.
3. Make physical arrangements for meetings.
4. Preside at meetings.
5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions.
6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting.
a. To all participants in the meeting.
b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting.
c. To the Architect.
B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be
qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Schedule at least fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed.
B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties.
C. Attendance:
1. Owner's Representative(s)
2. Contractor(s)
3. Architect and its professional consultants
4. Major Subcontractors
5. Major suppliers
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor
D. Minimum Agendum:
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers
b. Projected Construction Schedules
2. Critical work sequencing
a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities
4. Project Coordination
a. Designation of responsible personnel
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions
b. Proposal requests
c. Submittals
d. Change Orders
e. Applications for Payment
f. Requests for Information
g. Daily Reports
6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents
8. Use of premises:
a. Office, work and storage areas
b. Owner's requirements
c. Job site personnel conduct
d. Building access and security
9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids
10. Temporary utilities
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
11. Safety and first-aid procedures
a. Contractor's Project Site Specific Plan
12. Security procedures
13. Housekeeping procedures
14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements
1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks
throughout the Construction period.
B. Attendance:
1. Architect
2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed
3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent
4. Owner's Representatives
5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda
6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda
7. Safety Representative
C. Minimum Agenda:
1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting
2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades
3. Review of work progress since previous meeting
4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts
5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule
6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules
7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule
8. Revisions to Construction Schedule
9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period
10. Coordination of schedules
11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER PROJECT MEETINGS 0131 19-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
12. Maintenance of quality standards
13. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders
14. Review proposed changes for:
a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date
b. Effect on other contracts of the Project
15. Other business
D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its
representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor.
1.4 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S)
A. The Contractor to hold pre -installation conferences where required by individual specification
sections or others at the discretion of the Owner. Minimum attendees would be Architect and/or
their specific sub -consultant, Owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, key Suppliers, testing &
inspection firm, Facilities Engineering subject matter expert, etc. Minimum agenda would
include review of key submittals, RFI's, safety, logistics, material procurement, quality control,
etc. Contractor to assemble and distribute the Agenda minimum 48 hours prior to meeting as
well as distribute meeting minutes a minimum of seven (7) calendar days after the meeting.
B. Submit a list of pre -installation meetings with preliminary dates within fifteen (15) days of
issuance of the Notice to Proceed.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 31 19***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
SECTION 0131 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner's electronic Project
Management (e -PM) system eBuilder on this project.
1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and
organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the
entire project team for the period of its use on the Project.
B. There are no fees to utilize this system.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. General Conditions Article 9 — Coordination and Cooperation.
B. Section 01 33 00 — Submittal Procedures
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that
allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All
project -specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored
and routed within the ePM system.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the
e -PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All
correspondence should be communicated through the e -PM system.
B. Training
1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the
system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or
otherwise receive proper training on the system's use. All cost for personnel
time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the
Contractor's proposal
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
C. The Contractor shall provide on-site his or her own personal computer(s) and personal
computer equipment that will allow the Contractor and his/her staff to access and use
the ePM Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the
Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software:
1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability
2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production
3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and
quickly
4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera
5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software
D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary
to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks
and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to
RFI's, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals,
submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre -
construction surveys.
1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW
A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and
collaborate with other team members using the following features and/or workflow
processes within the ePM system.
B. Project Team Directory — Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact
information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are
engaged on this project.
C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI's will be submitted using the ePM
Website System. Attachments to RFI's (which may include sketches, photographs,
documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached
to the RFI electronically.
D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the
system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner.
E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall
be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked
to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to
respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor
recommends.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM
Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign
download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format,
posted to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be
edited.
G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00.
H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis.
I. Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports
required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to,
daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and
accident reports.
J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system,
field by date and type including but not limited to:
1. General Progress Photographs
2. RFI Issues
3. Non -Conforming Work
4. Special Events
5. As required by individual Specification Sections
K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the
project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in
both native and PDF formats.
L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all
permits and agency approvals that relate to the project.
M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other
stakeholders within the project team.
N. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items
in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective
actions in the system.
O. Change Management — Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e -PM
system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and
logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload
and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders.
P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) — The Contractor shall create and submit invoices
for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the
invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Q.
Budget and Cost Management — Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown
structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis.
1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as
required to suit the project.
B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall
administrate and distribute all information contained therein.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 31 50***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16
Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall, within ten (10) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare and
submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work,
with sub -schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work.
B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the
project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed.
C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner.
D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of
Values.
E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to
the submitted schedules.
1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES
A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar
chart.
1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation.
2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week.
3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions.
B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work.
C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers.
1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES
A. Construction Progress Schedule:
1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity.
2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of
construction. Specifically list:
a. Site clearing
b. Site utilities
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-1
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16
Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
c. Foundation work
d. Structural framing
e. Subcontractor work
f. Equipment installations
g. Finishes
h. Pre -Installation meetings
3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of
each month.
4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be
completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials
abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified.
B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the
Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be
based on the understanding that minimum turn -around time in the Architect's office is
ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to
review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to
delays in processing. Show:
1. The dates for Contractor's submittals.
2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect.
3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to
the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the
Project's construction schedule.
1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission.
B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule:
1. Major changes in scope
2. Activities modified since previous submission
3. Revised projections of progress and completion
4. Other identifiable changes
C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule.
2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-2
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16
Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors.
1.5 SUBMISSIONS
A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after
award of Contract.
1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after
receipt.
2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy.
B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment.
C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of
commencement of work.
D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Owner Job Site personnel
2. Subcontractors
3. Other concerned parties
B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by
the projections of the schedule.
***END OF SECTION 01 32 16***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-3
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0132 33
Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
SECTION 0132 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement
of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final
photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Progress Submittals
1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage
points marked for location and direction of each photograph.
2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week.
3. Submit image files within five (5) days of taking photographs.
4. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the
view.
B. Closeout Submittals
1. Record Photograph Submittal Format: Compile all photographs taken throughout the
work and submit in CD format. Submit one CD to Architect and one CD to Owner.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and
surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction.
3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work.
B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 32 33-1
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33
Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, A/V or any
infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed -prior to closure. Note location on Key
Plan.
3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work,
for submission as project record documents.
***END OF SECTION 01 32 33***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 32 33-2
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the
following:
1. Shop Drawings
2. Product Data
3. Samples
4. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals
5. Coordination Drawings
6. Certification of Asbestos free products
B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates
for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be
needed.
C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the
Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically
(saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the
electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file
format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non-
electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the
electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative.
1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE
A. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications,
listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the
Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and
other related documents. The Submittal Schedule shall include the following information:
1. Title
2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers
3. Subsection
4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock -Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual,
Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.)
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the
submittal
6. Name of Subcontractor, if applicable
7. Corresponding activity or event number on the Contractor's Construction Schedule
8. Date due from Subcontractor
9. Date due to be submitted for review
10. Date due for submittal review to be completed
11. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor
12. Date for material or product delivery to project
13. Priority. Low, normal or high
14. Schedule dates for resubmittal of disapproved submittals
B. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the
contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal
Procedures and Architect's Duties below.
C. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the
electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the
requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission
duration shall be submitted with the Contractor's preliminary schedule submittal described
in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after
the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these
submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all
submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal
described in section 01 32 16.
D. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all
submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in
submitting required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the
Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received.
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled
draftsmen and presented in a clear and thorough manner.
1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents.
2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop
Drawings.
3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop
Drawing.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules,
patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements.
6. Submittal:
a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the
electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned
electronically marked with action taken.
b. Maintain returned document as a "Record Document".
1.4 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, perfoimance charts, and
instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials
and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section
01 35 29.
B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system.
1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so with
result in rejection of the submission.
2. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate
or mark through information that does not apply.
6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the
Work.
7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of
options by Architect is required.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
8. Submittals:
a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the
electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned
electronically marked with action taken.
b. Maintain one (1) copy as a "Record Document".
1.5 SAMPLES
A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or
containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern.
B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment
devices.
2. Full range of color, texture and pattern.
C. Field samples and mock-ups:
1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect.
2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section.
3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished.
4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect.
5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original
condition.
D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical
with material or product proposed.
1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated.
2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer.
3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture.
4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in
material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show
approximate limits of variations.
5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are
submitted for Architect's selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics
from a range of standard choices.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
6. Submittals:
a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect's review. Architect will return at least one (1)
set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project
Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally,
for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the
submittal item electronically via the electronic project management.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS
A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports,
certifications, manufacturer's instructions, and manufacturer's field reports.
B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require
professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall
cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional,
whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications,
Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be
entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or
approvals performed by such design professionals.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from
independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents.
D. Manufacturer's instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or
installation of system or product.
E. Manufacturer's field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by
manufacturer's field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer's standards or
instructions.
F. Submittals:
1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the
electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned
electronically marked with action taken.
2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as "Record Document".
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated
layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas;
drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including
but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and,
sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space.
Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features
drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF
and PDF formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors,
laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested
areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a
complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available.
B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to
commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item.
C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and
equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on
both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves,
piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items
contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural
and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing
submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to,
corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other
areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a
complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available.
1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with
services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling
construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work
coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings.
2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of
various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings
where required to adequately represent the Work.
3. Include room names and numbers of each space.
4. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to the coordination drawings by
multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information
and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for
review.
5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures,
exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the
Architectural Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the
Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as
necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the design intent.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance
accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work.
7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all
mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as
tight to underside of structure as possible.
8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural,
structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications
systems, security systems, and other portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate
dimensions, to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings,
partitions, services, and other portions of the Work. Where conflicts occur with
placement of materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be
responsible to resolve conflicts and coordinate the available space to accommodate
each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed
and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments.
9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement
of components during the life of the installation.
10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to
concealed dampers, valves, and other controls.
11. Indicate required installation sequences.
12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings.
Specifically note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict
with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect.
Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such
conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered
changes to the Contract.
13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling -mounted
devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid.
14. Indicate locations of fire -rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required
barriers.
15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub -framing for support of ceiling and wall systems,
mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead -mounted equipment,
and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout
of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light
fixtures and other components and notify Architect.
16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated info nation, show
fully -dimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate alignment
requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and
other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and
other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-7
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical
and electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire -
protection, fire -alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms.
Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for
access and maintenance.
18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings
required for all disciplines. Request un -scheduled penetrations and openings where
Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and
structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling
heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by
Architect for structural penetrations.
19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom
elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing,
flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components,
such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution
equipment.
20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of
vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show
light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other
device locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way,
generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and
junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control
systems. Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and
transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical
elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure.
21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines,
pipe drops, and sprinkler heads.
22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for
Work in those Sections.
23. Contractor Sign -Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work
shall sign and date coordination drawings.
24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is
being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's
responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being
prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so
inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of
coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor's responsibility for final
coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment
with existing conditions and each portion of the Work.
D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any
given area of the building.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-8
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to
transmitting to the Architect.
B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor
variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and
Product Options.
C. Contractor's approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and
verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and
coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact
Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor's failure to fully review and
approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened
with all costs to remediate the situation.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for:
1. Compliance with the Contract Documents
2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions
3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction.
4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades.
5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner.
6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule.
7. All other provisions of the agreements.
E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an
authorization for additional work or additional cost.
F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the
change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work.
G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as
approval of colors. Make all color -related submittals at one time.
H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor
finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work.
I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled.
J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such
submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of
inadvertent review of unspecified submittals.
K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper
construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may
not be indicated on the review shop drawings.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-9
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
L. Certify that only asbestos free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference
Section 01 35 39
1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination
1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with
the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner.
2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.
3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule,
agreed to by all entities involved.
4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of
each submittal requiring the Architect's review and response, except for longer
periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for
coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor
promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for
coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each
submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the
progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be
shortened.
An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions
2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and
Hardware Schedules.
6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review.
7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal.
8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare
submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing.
9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in
processing by the Architect.
10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals
Schedule.
11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work
thereafter performed to be at Contractor's sole risk, cost and expense.
B. Submittal Preparation
1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-10
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's
stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification
of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the
information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract
Documents.
4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful
description.
5. Include the following information on submittal documentation:
a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as
appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product.
b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.
d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
e. Provide a blank space for the Architect's stamps
f. On transmittal, record relevant infoll iation including deviations from Contract
Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations.
6. Identification of revisions on re -submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on
previous submittals.
7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must
specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor.
C. Submittal Transmittal:
1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless
otherwise noted or directed.
2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package
sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling
1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Provide a record copy of the submittal to the Commissioning Agent in electronic format.
Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has
been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. Provide document in PDF format.
B. Record copy of the submittal must be forwarded to the Commissioning Agent within
fourteen (14) calendar days of the final approved submittal.
C. Provide a record copy of the submittal (hard and electronic fo,mat) for the O&M Manual.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-11
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals.
B. Shop Drawings and Product Data:
1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal.
2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect.
C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this
Section.
B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following:
1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been
found and Work may proceed.
2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which
have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly.
3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including
purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare
new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if
necessary to obtain different action mark.
4. "Rejected (REJ)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing,
fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new
submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if
necessary to obtain different action mark.
5. "On Hold (ONH)" is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor
should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required
to revise and resubmit.
6. "Not Reviewed (NRV)" is used for submittals that were submitted in error,
duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but
need to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them
7. "For Record Only (FRO)": Submittals for information or record purposes, including
Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect.
a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action.
b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with
Contract Documents.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-12
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action.
D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without
action.
E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission.
1.13 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the
electronic project management system to:
1. Job site file
2. Record Documents file
3. Subcontractors
4. Installers
5. Suppliers
6. Manufacturers
7. Fabricators
8. Architect
9. Owner
B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with
construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 33 00***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-13
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
SECTION 0135 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The
requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors
involved in the project.
B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local,
state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the
requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but
in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such
requirements.
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN
A. Contractors are required to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell
University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should
address site specific information, controls and or requirements as it relates to the entire
scope of work for the project. All contractors shall use the Project Site Specific Plan
Template below to develop their Project's PSSP.
1. Within the PSSP Template are example(s) to use as reference. The provided examples
demonstrate Cornell University's expectations for providing detailed site specific
information, controls and requirements.
2. Project Site Specific Plan's that inadequately address site specific operations will be
retuned with comments for resubmission. Failure to submit a PSSP may result in
delay of project and/or denial of the payment.
3. All projects must have the PSSP submitted via e -Builder for review and comment.
B. PSSP submittal should be submitted a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the
commencement of work on site. The Contractor may opt to submit their PSSP in phases.
The Contractor must submit a phase submission plan using the PSSP Submission table
included in the PSSP template for approval by Owner's Representative with initial
submission. Submit remaining phases no later than ten (10) days prior to the start of a new,
predetei mined project phase or milestone.
1. Projects having less than a ten (10) day turn -around shall coordinate their submittal
with the Owner's Representative, who should coordinate with Occupational Health,
Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP), the University Fire Marshall's Office and
Contract College's Codes Enforcement Official, if applicable.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
C. The Contractor is responsible for its employees and its subcontractors. Subcontractors are
required to submit their PSSP to the General Contractor. The General Contractor is
responsible to ensure all subcontractor(s) PSSP's are adequate per their scope of work.
D. The General Contractor is required to ensure their project's PSSP is accurately maintained
throughout the duration of the contract. Resubmission is required for any new scope
elements not previously addressed by the Contractor's original PSSP.
E. Definitions:
1. Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP): A structured document that details the scope of the
contract work and related site specific controls, requirements and information for
University and Contractor personnel. This document is not intended to be all
inclusive of all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations for which the
General Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) are expected to comply.
2. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ):
• The organization, office or individual responsible for approving equipment, an
installation or a procedure (NYS Fire Code).
• The local government, county government or state agency responsible for the
administration and enforcement of an applicable regulation or law (NYS
Building Code -§202.2).
3. Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP): A division of Cornell
University's Environmental Safety and Health Department. The OHSIP division can
be contacted at (607)-255-8200 or by email at askEHS@cornell.edu
4. SME: The University's subject matter expert.
1.3 ASBESTOS
A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of
asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide
a signed certification form "Exhibit AC" stating that all Contractor supplied & installed
products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data
Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free
status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any
Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work.
Defective work shall be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions.
B. Attached for the Contractor's information are asbestos reports which represent samples
taken within the building.
C. Removal and disposal of asbestos containing material shall be performed by the Owner
under separate contract.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 35 29-2
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
1.4 LEAD
A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance
with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the
presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the
Contractor's means and/or methods. Lead was a common ingredient in paint until 1978.
Teagle Hall was constructed in 1951, and Ward Center was constructed in 1963. The
Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the
protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 "Lead in
Construction Standards". This site specific plan should address the particular methods the
Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the building structure
based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint.
1.5 SITE VISITS
A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be
construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of
any persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them
responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access,
visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person.
1.6 CONFINED SPACE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance
with OSHA requirements.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 0135 29***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 0135 29-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
COELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 29
Ithaca, New York
GENE'. . HEALTH & SAFETY
ASB TO
CONTRA1[
CO l FOS
CONTRACT DATE:
rTazd
asbestos c
act.
1€is i d ;.�aedazz ►....,€ zwith 1 ,
Cta oda
�tacable ' It Data
Cornell Univers.it5
Environmental
Health and Safety
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) HS9 CN TMP
General Health & Safety, Section 01 35 29 requires contractors to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP)
for review by Cornell University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP
should address site specific controls, information and or requirements as it relates to the contractor's scope of
Contractor Company
Project Name
Project Address
Mobilization Date
Project Hours
Contract Value
Project Description/Scope of Contract:
work.
Construction Manager
r w h
'� X
„.,� „.� .� k `�!";ku �.
Project Manager
w a 9k : ,,p"rv"
.ro t2kw��w "�'^"�:t+�N rJrr ���,... �� �.a.��m���4kh'"�"a�rv�""^
�.y d 1j ^� rv;h"''+, ,. C mak;
��� w"�1�m"`�+r�n,eh��.",J
5(:y
Osie i„,N.�a"�X��n'�w��,da.r��(�a�.k:::
Superintendent
Site Safety Rep.
Safety Manager
Please list project's subcontractors below or if subcontractors have not been awarded, include
subcontractor packages. E.g. Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Concrete, Steel Erection, etc.
Subcontractor(s)
Name
(Responsible On -Site Person(s))
Phone
Email
Subcontractor
or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here)
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here)
Subcontractor
or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here
Subcontractor
or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here
Subcontractor
or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here)
Subcontractor
or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here)
In flti ittkm fig Y'i'tn Pk;IAtL`TYlY4P.`t1IS or }PSSP. aid hlC tonal. state. and 3cederal Eta;e G.:. 4111tt tpply f'U the t ork tFt t11'is
eoittC'iit't,
Fonn HS9_CN_TMP
Effective:
Maintain for duration of project.
Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder.
Maintain on project's site.
Cornell University
Environmental
Health and Safety
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) IIS9 CN TMP
The following table indicates those activities that may require a SEPARATE plan, in addition to the PSSP.
Please indicate whether these activities are applicable to your project, keeping EHS abreast of upcoming
project activities.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
SME: IPP Asbestos Project Coordinator
MOBILE CRANE(s) ACTIVITIES
SME: OHSIP
The Crane Plan should include a minimum of the following;
• A detailed description and an aerial diagram of the crane's scope of work.
• The Date of Crane Activities, Contractor(s) performing crane activities,
Manufacture/Model of Crane, Contractor's Assembly/Disassembly Director,
Assembly/Disassembly Area, Crane Pad Location(s), Boom's Swing Radius,
Load's Path of Travel, Occupant Control Measures, Pedestrian Control Measures,
Traffic Control Measures, schedule of items to be hoisted, their weight and any
other critical information specific to the crane activities.
+ Multiple crane site scenarios shall be explicitly addressed in the plan.
• Provide a copy of the Contracted Crane Operators NYS Crane Operators License.
• Provide a copy of the Contractors' Qualified Rigging and Signal Person training
certificates.
All plan(s) should be submitted a minimum of 10 days prior to the Crane's
anticipated arrival date.
EXCAVATION(s) GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 20 FEET IN DEPTH
SME: OHSIP
A Deep Excavation Plan should include a minimum of the following;
• How will the Cornell community be protected from the excavation(s), excavating
equipment and haul truck activities, if applicable
• Excavation(s) location, depth, soil classification and on site competent person
• Contractor's Engineered Protective System (description, diagram(s) and or
drawing(s);
o Means and method shall be compliant with OSHA's 1926 Subpart P Excavations
Excavation(s) Tess than 20 feet in depth are to be addressed in the contractor's PSSP,
if applicable.
LEAD WORK PLAN
SME: OHSIP
The Lead Work Plan should include a minimum of the following;
• How the contractor will meet the requirements of OSHA 1926.62 "Lead in
Construction Standards".
• How the contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the
building structure based on their selection of means and methods.
INTERRUPTION OR CLOSURE OF ROADWAY(s) AND OR PARKING
LOT(s)
SME: IPP Transportation Services, University Fire Marshall and OHSIP
The Temporary Traffic Control Plan should include a minimum of the following;
• An aerial diagram or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's traffic
control measures. Control measures must be complaint with NYS Building Codes,
NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the NYS Department of
Transportations and ADA regulations.
*All impairments to Emergency Vehicle Access Lanes must be reviewed by the
University Fire Marshall's Office.
In addition to t it 2't"C k!!1'C[it 7IS5 Ct I' 5st .311 tet ll'4 t?fl({ I'C UI fIon 1 iil}tit' 1tYIC tf rCkl i, stair . and j dl l'k71 di l il( is Sllilil ?R(; 17I I. oldltti
ct ilratct.
Form HS9_CN_TMP
Effective:
Maintain for duration of project.
Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder.
Maintain on project's site.
'.'25kedittOn
Cornell University
Environmental
Health and Safety
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) HS9 CN TMP
STRUCTURAL DEMOLITION
SME: OHSIP
Demolition Plan to Include a minimum of;
• Provide an aerial diagram, description of plan, engineered drawings and how the
contractor will provide protection of persons passing by Demolition Activities.
• Dust Control Procedures throughout demolition
*Non-structural demolition is to be addressed in PSSP, if applicable.
INTERRUPTION OR CLOSURE OF SIDEWALK(s) OR OTHER
PEDESTRIAN THOROUGHFARES
SME for Sidewalks: IPP Transportation Services, University Fire Marshall and OHS1P
The Temporary Pedestrian Control Plan should include a minimum of;
• An aerial diagram or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's pedestrian
control measures. Control measures must be complaint with NYS Building Codes,
NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the NYS Department of
Transportations and ADA regulations.
All impairments to Emergency vehicle Access Lanes must be reviewed by the University Fire Marshall's Office.
INTERRUPTION OR CLOSURE OF A BUILDING'S PATH(s) OF
EGRESS AND OR HALLWAY(s)
Buildings and Sidewalks: Codes Enforcement Official
SME for Buildings: University Fire Marshall
The Temporary Building Egress Control Plan should include a minimum of;
• A floor plan or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's pedestrian
control measures. Control measures must be complaint with NYS Building Codes,
NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the NYS Department of
Transportations and ADA regulations.
Scope/Description
Contact Information
On Ithaca Campus;
University Police Dept. and
Emergency Services
911 or
607-255-1111
*See Note I Below
NA
17 Statler Street
G2 Barton Hall
haca, NY 14853
*Nott 1: Phones outside of the 607 area code will rete
v
quickest emergency response if dispatch is dialled directly at 607-255-111
Off Ithaca Campus;
Local Police Dept. and
Emergency Services
Occupational Medical Facili
*Sec Note 2 below
Note 2: Attach Occupational Medical Facility location and directio
s (including maps) for contractor personnel's quick reference.
Additional Emergency Contacts
Additional Emergency Contacts
iJ7 £ici Ctt�t!'„➢1? tl) ti,ty rC:CIlitTc6➢'k Cii Y'S GI �ti ty <�1ll la s and 4c gttl ltioii$ (7 ' 1 t?6P4�tPC'I,:. too Nt ',itat.”„ ani federal agclICIOS Shell! Elt`(1l1` Q(') [Ill" work of Wit)
C()titraol.
Fonn HS9_CN_TMP
Effective:
Maintain for duration of project.
Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder.
Maintain on project's site.
Cornell University'
Environmental
Health and Safety
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP)
HS9 CN TMP
insert procedures to follow in the event of an
evacuation or emergency
Lightening/Severe Weather:
Insert procedures to follow in the event of
lightening or severe weather.
Fire Emergency:
Insert procedures to follow in the event of a fire
emergency.
Insert Additional Emergency Procedure
Insert Additional Emergency Procedure
Insert procedures to follow in the event of..
Insert procedures to follow in the event o
The University Fire Marshall provides guidance for emergency planning on the University's EHS
website at https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/fps/fire-safer,-plans/Pages/default.aspx
• (Insert site specific requirement here)
• (Insert site specific requirement here)
• (Insert site specific requirement here)
• (Insert site specific requirement here)
• (Insert site specific requirement here)
• E.g. Employees, Subcontractors and Visitors are required to complete Site Orientation prior to their
first day's work on the project site.
• E.g. I SkV overhead power lines run parallel to Cornell Street. Self-propelled mobile equipment and
all other construction activities must maintain a minimum clearance distance of 10 feet at all tinges.
How will the Contractor provide
protection of persons passing by
Construction, Demolition or
Excavations
(Please include a diagram or detailed description of the intended
means and methods to protect the Cornell Community from
Contract Project hazards throughout the duration of the Contract
Project. E.g. 6ft. Fence, Temporary Wall Partitions, Barrier Walls,
Snow Fence, Sidewalk Shed, Guardrail, Signage and/or other
equally effective means)
nsert description and diagram here or attach at end of PSSP)
lrtaddiri<w� u, alae rcqu rcn cn1s cif MP. all 1avV s and regulati app'iicable local. slate. and federal ay=erici.; aix.kll .t;,gil; ty tltu ea�ork of this
contract.
Foran HS9_CNTMP
_
Effective:
Maintain for duration of project.
Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder.
Maintain on project's site.
Project Name/Phase:.
Completed by:
Date:
A . ' CONI OI E (S)
Instructions: List the control methods (e.g. substitution, engineering,
administrative, PPE) required to ELIMINATE, ISOLATE or MINIMISE each
SIGNIFICANT hazard.
•:•w•
•
•»:isQ
w
•
Minimum Project Site Training Requirements:
POTENTIAL SINIICANT HAZ . ' t S
Instructions: List the potential SIGNIFICANT hazards
beside each step. Focus on what can cause harm and
what can go wrong.
•
•
1
Q1
Minimum Project Site PPE Required:
SEQUENCE OF TASKS
S
Instructions: List the basic steps required to complete
the project's scope of work. Align basic steps in
chronological order.
/ «
_ «
E
S'
\/0
0
0 'G
•
(/
ƒ}
0
0
0
0
0
U 0
U ¢
X 0
3 01
F
4.
o
2
U V
0
O
V
O
0
O
F
49,
0
0
........---
1 for duration ofprojec
•
: .
0
0
«:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 0135 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the
protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall
apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project.
B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and
regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this
contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed
such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood
to reduce or eliminate such requirements.
C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner's
Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01 35 44 — Spill Control
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Submittals:
1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil
and granular materials ("borrow").
2. Contractor's Waste Material Disposal Plan.
3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier.
4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management.
5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials.
6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site.
1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION
A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory
representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REQUIREMENTS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
B. If at any time operations under the representative's supervision do not comply with this
Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested
by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner.
There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval.
C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so
directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not
comply with these specifications.
1.5 NOISE AND VIBRATION
A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of
noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by
construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines
and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment
presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise -muffling devices adequate to meet these
requirements
1.6 DUST CONTROL
A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling,
loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based
materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the
duration of construction.
B. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor is not adequately
controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take
adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor's expense, employ alternative
means to control dust.
C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including
mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection
of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of
dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all
applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA.
1.7 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees
shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell
standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state
regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work
associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to:
1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary
sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state
regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REQUIREMENTS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream
corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters.
3. Pumping of any silt -laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm
sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters.
4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities.
5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property,
unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or
specifically approved by the Owner's site representative.
6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream.
7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials.
B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any
drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work.
C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning
operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the
levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5)
and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer
authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer.
D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of
pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner's
Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 — Spill
Control Procedures.
1.8 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK
A. Obtain approval from the Owner's Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of
piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing
plans to the Owner's Representative in writing.
The following shall require approval of the Owner:
1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections.
2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air
emissions.
B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of
mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing
valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner's
Representative.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REQUIREMENTS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
1.9 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS
A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other
party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its
performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or
environmental risks associated therewith.
B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University
Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In
situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety
(EH&S) for guidance.
C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into
contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor's performance or
failure to perform hereunder.
D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and
hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance
with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from
EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal.
1.10 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE
A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit "Contractor
Waste Material Disposal Plan" to the Owner's Representative. The plan shall identify the
waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will
manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material.
B. The "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" form, together with definitions associated
with the form waste descriptions, is attached to this Section. Contractor must use this form
to document waste disposal methods and locations.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of
any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University
owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title,
risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in
Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical
possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody
and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded,
transported and/or disposed of Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with
applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner
and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 0135 43***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REQUIREMENTS April 24, 2017
Destination or Disposal
Location
co
0
CI,
cnccs
s.H
OS -ON
Waste
Management
JO 3 1.10
CU- Mgt
spunaiD
SHR
ojqPJ AV SQSIAI
Source
a010a1luoD
pump
paieuigsj
0
.r,
0
Category
Solvents
PCBs
Asbestos
Lead
ua
Chromium
Other Toxic Metals
(describe in section 4)
Mold
Light Bulbs
Thermostats
Batteries
Used Oil
Contaminated PPE &
Materials
Other (describe in
section 4)
No hazardous waste
Estimated
Ouantitv
®'
0.
el
H
Facility
Phone
Facility Address
Disposal Facility Name
Category
p
c
ccl
Non C&D solid waste
Other, (describe in section
IV)
No non -hazardous
waste will be generated
-0 v 0
O
NN GN
L N
ufa vim-
4
o00, -,7i
v-°�-+°
U u o
c
to
—
CL) (s •
�` o
3 v 0
_; :� .� ,0
a.)-""" "
ctccav
o • v
o
o
o
0 c-,- a
w
N a �5 c
; �•�
• �es
zs _a
0 0
w v 0 cti .
4> pbQ Zj v
a) ^cj 0
0 ›'1.
N 'G C E
N O
cd 0
N + "d 0
0
.--• 0 c▪ ru
Cc: 1-0
0
• oO�as
U
Ct
• ' qa
"0 $ o
Further description
Contractor Ce
• 4-
O O
hJ-,
N
o 70(1 96- '• 081 '):L'W
W 0
o_
0
0
0
N
0
o v�
N
cd
0
0,w
4-+ ca
• EOE
CCSO
C/Do v
o Cci
cn
O
Definitions for Use with Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan:
The following is not solid waste: Discarded materials that are being beneficially used pursuant to
6NYCRR Section 360-1.15
A material is disposed of if it is discharged, deposited, injected, dumped, spilled, leaked or placed into or
on any land or water so that such material or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be
emitted into the air or discharged into groundwater or surface water.
Asbestos: Any waste material containing the asbestiform varieties of: Chrysotile (serpentine); crocidolite
(riebeckite); amosite (cum- mingtonitegrunerite); anthophyllite; tremolite; and actinolite.
Batteries: All spent batteries being disposed that are regulated by New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) in 6 New York Code of Rules and Regulations (NYCRR) Part
374-3, or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 273.2 as
Universal Waste Batteries.
Borrow Material: Fill material required for on-site construction that is obtained from other locations.
Chromium: Any waste containing chromium or contaminated with chromium that exceeds the Toxicity
Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for chromium as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40
CFR 261.24.
Clean Soil: Soil that is uncontaminated with any solid or hazardous waste, C&D debris, trees, stumps,
yard waste or wood chips per definitions of those terms below.
Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris: Uncontaminated solid waste resulting from the
construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads; and uncontaminated
solid waste resulting from land clearing. Such waste includes, but is not limited to bricks, concrete and
other masonry materials, soil, rock, wood (including painted, treated and coated wood and wood
products), land clearing debris, wall coverings, plaster, drywall, plumbing fixtures, non -asbestos
insulation, roofing shingles and other roof coverings, asphaltic pavement, glass, plastics that are not
sealed in a manner that conceals other wastes; empty buckets ten gallons or less in size and having no
more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom, electrical wiring and components containing no
hazardous liquids, and pipe and metals that are incidental to any of the above. Solid waste that is not
C&D debris (even if resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities,
structures and roads and land clearing) includes, but is not limited to asbestos waste, garbage, corrugated
container board, electrical fixtures containing hazardous liquids such as fluorescent light ballasts or
transformers, fluorescent lights, carpeting, furniture, appliances, tires, drums, containers greater than ten
gallons in size, any containers having more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom and fuel
tanks. Specifically excluded from the definition of construction and demolition debris is solid waste
(including what otherwise would be construction and demolition debris) resulting from any processing
technique, other than that employed at a department -approved C&D debris processing facility, that
renders individual waste components unrecognizable, such as pulverizing or shredding. Also, waste
contained in an illegal disposal site may be considered C&D debris if the department determines that such
waste is similar in nature and content to C&D debris.
Construction and Demolition Debris Processing Facility means a processing facility that receives and
processes construction and demolition debris by any means.
Revision date: May 2010
Page 1 of 3
Contaminated PPE & Materials: Any personal protective equipment such as gloves, coveralls, boot
covers, respirator cartridges etc.; or rags, tools, articles or other material that has become adulterated by a
hazardous material, and which meets the definition of hazardous waste or is considered unsuitable for
disposal as regular trash.
Exempt C&D and Stump Facilities: The following facilities are exempt from Solid waste management
facility permitting requirements provided the facilities operate only between the hours of sunrise and
sunset, and (if the allowable waste comes from an off-site source) no fee or other form of consideration is
required for the privilege of using the facility for disposal purposes:
(i) A site at which only the following C&D debris is placed: recognizable uncontaminated concrete and
concrete products (including steel or fiberglass reinforcing rods that are embedded in the concrete),
asphalt pavement, brick, glass, soil and rock. (Recognizable means solid waste that can be readily
identified as C&D debris by visual observation.)
(ii) A landfill for the disposal of trees, stumps, yard waste and wood chips generated from these materials
is exempt when origin and disposal of such waste occur on properties under the same ownership or
control.
Hazardous Waste: Any waste material that meets the definition of "hazardous waste" in 6 NYCRR
371.1 and 40 CFR 261.3 and that is not excluded by regulation.
Land Clearing Debris means vegetative matter, soil and rock resulting from activities such as land
clearing and grubbing, utility line maintenance or seasonal or storm -related cleanup such as trees, stumps,
brush and leaves and including wood chips generated from these materials. Land clearing debris does not
include yard waste which has been collected at the curbside.
Lead: Any metallic lead or waste material containing lead, e.g. waste paint chips, that exceed the
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for lead as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or
40 CFR 261.24.
Light Bulbs: All spent lamps or light bulbs being disposed that are regulated in 6 NYCRR Part 374-3 or
40 CFR 273.5.
Mercury: Liquid mercury or any waste containing mercury at levels exceeding the Toxicity
Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for mercury as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40
CFR 261.24.
Mold: Construction material or debris contaminated with mold fungus that is unsuitable for reuse.
Other Toxic Metals: Any waste containing a metal or contaminated by a metal identified in, and
exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit of 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40
CFR 261.24.PCBs: All electrical articles and equipment or the used oil removed from them, containing
polychlorinated biphenyls at levels regulated by 6 NYCRR 371.4(e)
Scrap Metal: Bits and pieces of metal parts (e.g., bars, turnings, rods, sheets, wire) or metal pieces that
may be combined together with bolts or soldering (e.g., radiators, scrap automobiles, railroad box cars),
which when worn or superfluous can be recycled.
Revision date: May 2010
Page 2 of 3
Solid Waste (Non C&D): Any garbage, refuse, sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply
treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded materials including solid, liquid,
semisolid, or contained gaseous material, resulting from industrial, commercial, mining and agricultural
operations, and from community activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in domestic
sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges that are point
sources subject to permit under 33 USC 1342, or source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined
by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, except as may be provided by existing agreements between the State
of New York and the government of the United States.
Solvents: Substances (usually liquid) suitable for, or employed in, solution, or in dissolving something;
as, water is the appropriate solvent for most salts, alcohol for resins, ether for fats, and mercury or acids
for metals, etc. Typically these are chemicals are used as paint thinners or cleaning solutions.
Spoil: Refuse material removed from an excavation.
Used Oil: Any oil refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used, and as a result of such
use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities. "See 6 NYCRR 374-2 or 40 CFR 279"
Thermostats: Any mercury -containing theiiiiostat as defined in 6 NYCRR 374-3.1(d), or 40 CFR 273.4
Uncontaminated C&D Debris: C&D Debris that is not mixed or commingled with other solid waste at
the point of generation, processing or disposal, and that is not contaminated with spills of a petroleum
product, hazardous waste or industrial waste. Contamination from spills of a petroleum product does not
include asphalt or concrete pavement that has come into contact with petroleum products through normal
vehicle use of the roadway.
Revision date: May 2010
Page 3 of 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
SECTION 0135 44 SPILL CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SPILL PREVENTION
A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or
hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects:
1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site
during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide
protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills.
Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary be' ins or barriers, or similar methods
shall be employed as appropriate at each site.
2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a
temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the
inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products.
3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a
manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or
vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in
accordance with all fire and safety codes.
B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is
leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such
materials.
1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES
All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health
and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could
potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be
conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other
hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures
that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired
by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill,
the following procedures shall be followed:
A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall:
1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area,
inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section
1. 3).
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a
containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials;
and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that
valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area.
3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent
material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the
following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not
compromise worker safety.
a. Stop the spill at once (if possible).
b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes,
etc.).
c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area.
d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires,
explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread.
e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source.
f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks,
bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill.
g.
Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released
materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as
possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified.
h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the
release, fire, or explosion.
i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the
Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure
buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment.
B. Spill Cleanup:
1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be
initiated.
a. Use proper waste containers.
b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place
material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible
or reactive substances in the same container.
c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with
all applicable state and federal regulations.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been
removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed
material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste
container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid.
e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper
location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill.
f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change
clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product.
g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged
through the Contractor.
h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A
sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B.
C. Fire or Explosion:
1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall:
a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel
(e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified.
b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill
character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site
and emergency personnel.
c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area.
d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other
immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so.
e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions,
or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These
measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing
released oil, or removing and isolating containers.
f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas
generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION
In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the
appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external
reporting, if required.
The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation
procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457-
7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell
Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the
release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number.
Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply:
TABLE 1
CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING
CRITERIA,
DESCRIPTION
Quantity
The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons.
Containment
The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an
impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment.
Control
The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the
impervious surface.
Cleanup
The spill must be cleaned -up within two hours of occurrence.
Environment
The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or
onto surface water.
A release of a "reportable quantity"1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be
immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or
"harmful quantities"2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National
Response Center, 1-800-424-8802.
Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to
provide the following information, if possible:
1. The date and time of the spill or release.
2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an
indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance.
3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and
the approximate duration of the event.
4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or
threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill.
5. The source of the release or spill.
6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for,
the facility or activity associated with the release or spill.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution.
8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site.
9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled
material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation.
10. The extent of injuries, if any.
11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency,
and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals.
12. Assistance required, if any.
If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a
reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part
302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following:
1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site.
The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675.
2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The
description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material
released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation
of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to
prevent and control future releases.
°Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that
triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally
responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the
owner's spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities
with you.
2 Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water
quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline;
or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR
110.3).
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 44***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00
Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES
A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the
execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall
include but are not limited to building, electrical, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe
and building demolition.
1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the
regularly scheduled Owner's meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a
structure, the Contractor is required to complete a "Notification of Demolition and
Renovation" and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall
also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner's Representative prior to any
demolition.
C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and
maintained through the City of Ithaca.
D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting:
1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a
fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the
Uniform Code of New York State.
2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as
Alteration —Level 1; Alteration — Level 2; Alteration — Level 3; or Addition; a permit
from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression,
fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also
required for this type of work.
3. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not
require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department.
1.2 INSPECTIONS
A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all
service charges, pavement cuts and repairs.
1.3 COMPLIANCE
A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and
regulations applicable to the Work.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-1
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0141 00
Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall
comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of
equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the
Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of
business of the Owner.
B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a
summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured,
the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If not permit fees were
required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 41 00***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-2
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings.
B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections
and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or
revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents.
C. Install All Work in Compliance with:
1. Building Code of New York State
2. BCNYS Referenced Codes
3. National Electric Code
4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101.
6. All local ordinances
7. Mechanical Code of New York State.
8. Fuel Gas Code of New York State.
9. Fire Code of New York State.
10. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. "General": Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Contract Documents": The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner
and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications,
addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the
Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
C. "The Contract": The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent
the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor.
D. "The Work": The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract
Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials
and equipment incorporated in such construction.
E. "Owner": Cornell University a New York corporation.
F. "Architect/Engineer": The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice
architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner
Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular
in number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized
representative.
G. "Contractor": The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction
Agreement contract is made by Owner.
H. "Subcontractor": A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work
at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor.
I. "As Approved" or "Approved": Architect's or Owner's approval.
J. "As Directed": Owner's direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
K. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including
"shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
L. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.
M. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project, site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
O. "Reinstall". To place back into a former position.
P. "Replace". Provide a substitute for.
Q. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
R. "Concealed': Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above
ceilings, either permanent or removable.
S. "Exposed": All capital Work not identified as concealed.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
T. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project
site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land
on which Project is to be built.
U. "As -Built Documents": Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor
to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This
includes both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered
during the course of project construction.
V. "Record Drawings": Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all
services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The
"record" drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as -built
drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the
Contractor.
W. "Shop Drawings": Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that
are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for
some portion of the work.
X. "Samples": Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship,
and to establish standards by which the work will be judged.
Y. "General Conditions": The standardized contractual provisions describing the
responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction
contract.
Z. "Contract Limit Lines": A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or
elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the
contractor for construction purposes.
AA. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are
directions given to the Contractor;
1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS
A. Cornell University and the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council,
Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are
members of the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance
Division are as follows:
Local #241 -
Local #267 -
Local #281 -
Local #3NY
Local #178 -
Local #112 -
Local #785 -
International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers
United Association of Plumbers and Steamfitters
United Brotherhood of Carpenters
- International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers
International Union of Painters and Allied Trades
International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers
Laborers International Union of North America
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 42 00-3
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows:
All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or
construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components
thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to
individuals employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work
performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign
such work; provided, however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed
by other employees covered by this agreement.
1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar
with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable
standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity,
obtain copies directly from publication source.
D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Architectural Barriers Act (ABA)
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
Available from Access Board
www.access-board.gov
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
Available from Government Printing Office
www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html
FS
Federal Specification
Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil
Available from Defense Standardization Program
www.dps.dla.mil
(800) 872-2253
(202) 272-0080
(866) 512-1800
(202) 512-1800
(215) 697-6257
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925
www.gsa.gov
Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800
www.nibs.org
UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253
Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080
www.access-board.gov
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960
www.aluminum.org
AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333
www.aaadm.com
AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202
www.aabchq.com
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664
www.aamanet.org
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800
Transportation Officials
www.transportation.org
AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141
www.aatcc.org
ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888
www.airbarrier.org
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155
www.abma-dc.org
ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700
(American Concrete Institute)
www.aci-int.org
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216
www.concrete-pipe.org
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530
www.aeic.org
AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878
www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700
AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000
www.aga.org
AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118
www.agc.org
AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955
www.aham.org
AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960
www.asphaltinstitute.org
AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837
www.aia.org (202) 626-7300
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400
www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100
www.steel.org
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559
www.aitc-glulam.org
ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America
(Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network)
ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700
www.alsc.org
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150
www.amca.org
ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020
www.ansi.org
AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437
www.aosaseed.com
APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600
www.apawood.org
APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989
www.archprecast.org
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 0142 00-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000
www.api.org
ARI Air -Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800
www.ari.org
ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917
www.asphaltroofing.org
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723
www.asce.org (703) 295-6300
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air -Conditioning Engineers
www.ashrae.org
ASME ASME International
(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International)
www.asme.org
(800) 527-4723
(404) 636-8400
(800) 843-2763
(973) 882-1170
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040
www.asse-plumbing.org
ASTM ASTM International
(American Society for Testing and Materials International)
www.astm.org
(610) 832-9585
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811
www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600
AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800
www.awpa.com
AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353
www.aws.org (305) 'M3-9353
AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337
www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122
www.buildershardware.com
BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010
www.bia.org
BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405
www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991
BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772
www.bissc.org
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-7
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312
www.carpetcushion.org
CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282
www.copper.org (212) 251-7200
CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700
www.cganet.com
CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462
www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462
CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919
www.cisca.org
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137
www.cispi.org
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583
www.chainlinIcinfo.org
CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604
www.pbmdf.com
CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772
www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607
CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846
www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200
www.crsi.org
CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011
www.caststone.org
CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900
www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300
CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700
www.cedarbureau.org
CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087
www.cti.org
DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010
www.dhi.org
EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500
www.eia.org
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-8
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
EIMA EFS Industry Members Association
www.eima.com
EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee
www.ejdc.org
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
www.ejma.org
ESD ESD Association
www.esda.org
FMG FM Global
www.fmglobal.com
FSA Fluid Sealing Association
www.fluidsealing.com
FSC Forest Stewardship Council
www.fsc.org
GA Gypsum Association
www.gypsum.org
GANA Glass Association of North America
www.glasswebsite.com
GS Green Seal
www.greenseal.org
GSI Geosynthetic Institute
www.geosynthetic-institute.org
(800) 294-3462
(770) 968-7945
(703) 295-5000
(914) 332-0040
(315) 339-6937
(401) 275-3000
(610) 971-4850
49 228 367 66 0
(202) 289-5440
(785) 271-0208
(202) 872-6400
(610) 522-8440
HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744
(973) 267-9700
www.pumps.org
HI Hydronics Institute
www.gamanet.org
HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
www.hpva.org
HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.
www.hpwhite.com
IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers
(908) 464-8200
(703) 435-2900
(410) 838-6550
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369
www.icea.net
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-9
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830
www.icri.org
EEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11
www.iec.ch
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900
www.ieee.org
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000
www.iesna.org
LEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561
www.iest.org
IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234
www.igcc.org
IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510
www.igmaonline.org
ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426
www.iliai.com
ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11
www.iso.ch
Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020
www.ansi.org
ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732
www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150
ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851
www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500
ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11
www.itu.int/home
KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690
www.kcma.org
LMA Laminating Materials Association
(Now part of CPA)
LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864
www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333
www.mbma.com
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-10
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138
www.maplefloor.org
MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610
www.metalfi-amingmfg.org
MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815
www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190
MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222
www.marble-institute.com
MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937
www.paintinfo.com
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613
Fittings Industry Inc.
www.mss-hq.com
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405
www naamm org
NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200
www.nace.org
NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926
www.nadca.com
NAIMA North American hisulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084
www.naima.org
NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848
www.nbgqa.com
NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222
www.ncaa.org
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900
www.ncma.org
NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094
www.ncpi.org
NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550
www.ncta.com
NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698
www.nebb.org
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-11
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110
www.necanet.org
NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901
www.nelma.org
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200
www.nema.org
NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382
www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441
NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900
www nfhs org
NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555
(National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000
www.nfpa.org
NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776
www.nfrc.org
NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642
www.glass.org (703) 442-4890
NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318
www.natlliardwood.org (901) 377-1818
NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393
www.nlga.org
NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016
www.nofma.org
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545
www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070
NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622
www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400
NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275
(National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010
www.nsf.org
NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415
www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788
NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736
www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-12
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700
www.nybfu.org
PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300
www.pci.org
PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322
www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322
PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956
www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720
PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929
http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu
PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522
www.landcarenetwork.org
PTI Post -Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540
www.post-tensioning.org
RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400
www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400
RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580
www.rfci.com
RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339
www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662
SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323
www.sae.org (724) 776-4841
SBI Steel Boiler Institute
SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647
www.sdi.org
SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010
www.steeldoor.org
SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424
www.sefalabs.com
SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234
www.sgcc.org
SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075
www.siaonline.org
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-13
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995
www.steeljoist.org
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991
www.smacentral.org
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980
National Association
www.smacna.org
SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100
www.smpte.org
SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154
www.sprayfoam.org
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611
www.spib.org
SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026
www.spri.org
SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355
www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630
SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772
www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331
STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265
www.steeltank.com
SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333
www.steelwindows.com
SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974
www.swrionline.org
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453
www.tileusa.com
TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700
Industries Alliance
www.tiaonline.org
TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700
www.masonrysociety.org
TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010
www.tpinst.org
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-14
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555
www.turfgrasssod.org
TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177
www.tileroofing.org
UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962
www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577
www.ul.com (847) 272-8800
UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902
www.uni-bell.org
USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422
www.usgbc.org
WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869
www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700
WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636
www.windowcoverings.org
WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301
www.wdma.com
WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943
www.wicnet.org
WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889
www.wmmpa com (530) 661-9591
WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333
www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441
WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930
www.wwpa.org
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 0142 00-15
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be
accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100
www.iapmo.org
ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233
www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533
ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.
www.icc-es.org
NEC National Electric Code
(800) 423-6587
(562) 699-0543
C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in
Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the
entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to
change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract
Documents.
CE Army Corps of Engineers
www.usace.army.mil
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission
www.cpsc.gov
(800) 638-2772
(301) 504-7923
DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000
www.commerce.gov
DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257
http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil
DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220
www.energy.gov
EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167
www.epa.gov
FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322
www.faa.gov
FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322
www.fcc.gov
FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332
www.fda.gov
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-16
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111
www.gsa.gov
HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112
www.hud.gov
LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000
www.lbl.gov
NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program
(See TRB)
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
www.nist.gov
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration
www.osha.gov
PBS Public Building Service
(See GSA)
(301) 975-6478
(800) 321-6742
(202) 693-1999
PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694
www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs
RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540
(See USDA)
SD State Department (202) 647-4000
www.state.gov
TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934
www.nas.edu/trb
USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791
www.usda.gov
USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000
www.usps.com
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 0142 00****
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER REFERENCES 01 42 00-17
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 00
Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC)
program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of
Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and
tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities,
instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function.
Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction
sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program.
1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION
A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection:
1. Pre -Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre -installations are defined, the
Contractor shall arrange for a pre -installation meeting. When practical, pre-
installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly
schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this
meeting, all approved submittals and products.
a. Agenda to include the following:
i. Appointment
ii Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project.
iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as
required.
iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements.
v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements.
vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work.
vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners
consideration.
viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds,
utilities, fences, Section 01500.
ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour
notice to Architect for review of the Work.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00
Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and
undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410.
xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment.
xii. Special safety requirements and procedures.
b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting:
i. Project Manager.
ii Project Field Supervisor
iii. Subcontractor
iv. Architect's Representative
v. Owner's Representative
vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable
vii. Testing Agency, when applicable
2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any
definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the
supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that
materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check
to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the
work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine
materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and
that the materials and equipment are on hand.
3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a
representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing
for compliance with contract requirements.
4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure
continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular
work.
1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS
A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as
opposed to "off-the-shelf' items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be
responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC
Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during
shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in
good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation.
Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an
item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of
the completed project.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00
Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
1.4 TESTING
A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an
installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship
requirements.
1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the
work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to
reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in
conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to
make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents.
1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e -Builder to track
non -conforming materials or sub -standard workmanship identified by Owner's
Representative.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 45 00****
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of
every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of
the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities
and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University
may direct.
B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide,
construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities
and services.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the
Contractor's option.
B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes,
standards and specifications.
2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES
A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to
render first aid at the site.
B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency
medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals.
2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site.
Any fire watches as a result of construction operations are the responsibility of the
Contractor. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire -
prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local
fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and
procedures. Post warnings and information.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND 01 50 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES CONTROLS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1. Impairments "Fire Code of NYS Section 901.7". Impairment; "the removal of fire
alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage in a building." There are two different
levels of impairments
a. Partial Impairment. The removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system
coverage via control valve in the immediate area of where work is to be
performed.
Basic Impairment Notification will be sent to Local Authority Having
Jurisdiction and FM Global.
No fire watch will be required in most cases.
b. Full System Impairment. The complete removal of a fire alarm "system" or
sprinkler "system". Impairment of both the fire alarm system and sprinkler
system at the same time is not allowed.
Full System Impairment Notification will be sent to local Authority
Having Jurisdiction, FM Global, Ithaca Fire Department Officers, Building
Manager, Maintenance Manager, and Customer Service.
Fire Watch will be required and will need the Fire Watch Person's name
and contact information. Cornell EH&S does not perform the fire watch, it
is the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Equipment:
1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of
the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard.
2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire
Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards.
3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system.
4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each
area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building.
5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary
hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign
stating that hoses are for fire -protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match
hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient
length to protect construction areas.
6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections,
standpipes, temporary fire -protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for
firefighting.
7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire
protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new
services are placed into operation and use.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND 01 50 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES CONTROLS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire -
protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation
and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire
protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction.
C. Enforce fire -safety discipline:
1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location.
2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project.
3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions.
4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied
building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings.
5. Closely supervise welding and torch -cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible
materials and volatile conditions.
6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel.
D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection
certificate attached to each extinguisher.
E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot Work Permit issued in
accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall
provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the
operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University
Environmental Health & Safety.
F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life
Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc.
2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to
facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways,
platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes and other such equipment.
B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings,
for use by construction personnel.
C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition.
2.5 SUPPORTS
A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all
supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract
Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND 01 50 00-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES CONTROLS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
B. Any and all supports that are of "custom" fabrication or installation shall be designed by the
Contractor's NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations
provided for same.
2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until
installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure of exterior
walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from
exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as
necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior
materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary
heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons.
1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets.
2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of
materials.
3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate
temporary enclosures.
4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing
requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental
conditions and effects.
B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building
occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to
prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations
from construction work.
1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which
comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards.
a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with
existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture.
b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and
ceilings with fire -retardant paint as required by local fire regulations.
2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems
are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as
soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure
systems and complete installation as soon as possible.
3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior
enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are
ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon
as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new
louvers and complete installation as soon as possible.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND 01 50 00-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES CONTROLS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of
water at all times.
B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site,
of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of
such water shall be paid by the Contractor
2.8 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES
A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to
protect personnel and employees at the site, and the public, against hazards on or adjacent to
the construction site.
1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert
persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards.
2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA -approved signs, as well as, proper
barricades.
2.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
A. No Contractor signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner.
B. Owner Construction Project Sign. The Contractor shall install Owner provided project
identification signage.
2.10 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the
Owner.
2.11 FIELD OFFICES
A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of
the Contractor and Owner.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction
procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities
which may be affected by execution of the work.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND 01 50 00-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES CONTROLS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other
temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the
Work.
2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by
Contract Documents.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40.
B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout.
C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner
D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality
specified for the original installation.
E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements,
and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site.
F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste
matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to
the Limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner's
Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and
removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week.
G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and
construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner.
3.3 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services:
1. When construction needs can be met by use of peiuianent construction.
2. At completion of the Project.
B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal.
C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to
original condition.
1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and
utilities.
2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations
and slopes, and clean the area.
***END OF SECTION 01 50 00***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND 01 50 00-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES CONTROLS April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades
for construction. Remove on completion of Work.
B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and
distribution.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition.
B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company
requirements.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage,
must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes
and standards.
2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER
A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing
the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its
operations as possible as long as such connections do not over -load the capacity of the
Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points
shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power.
The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as
long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to
meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the
usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event,
the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter
and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor.
C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no
longer required.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TEMPORARY UTILITIES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 51 00-1
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be
maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected.
The required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and
seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all
egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working hours.
All temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National Electric Code.
E. The minimum temporary outdoor security lighting to be provided is as follows:
1. Along the perimeter of the site fence, consisting of vandal -resistant light fixtures with
HID lamps, located 150 foot center, mounted on the inside of the construction fence.
2. Lighting for temporary pedestrian paths and roadways, to provide a minimum of 0.1
foot-candle on the path of travel.
F. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction
equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and
elevators. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the
permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls,
fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the
Owner's Representative for drainage or for temporary heat.
G. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or
the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and
cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule
shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of
the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges
relating to shutdowns.
H. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal
The Contractor shall:
1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the
Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary
service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any
additional cost entailed thereby.
2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the
Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition
satisfactory to the Owner.
2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR
A. Use of Existing Elevator
1. If the Contractor elects to use the existing elevator equipment, the Contractor shall:
a. Provide adequate protection for such equipment and shall operate such
equipment within a capacity not to exceed that allowed by law, rule or
regulation.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TEMPORARY UTILITIES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 51 00-2
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
b. Provide for the maintenance and cleaning of the elevator equipment as approved
by the Owner's Representative.
c. Prior to start of construction, accurately record the condition of the existing
elevator. Promptly repair or replace items that are damaged as a result of
Contractor's use. Service calls that arise as a result of Contractor misuse will be
charged to the Contractor. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to
condition existing before initial use.
d. Use only elevators designated by Owner's Representative at dates and times
designated by Owner's Representative. Dates and times available for
Contractor's use shall be scheduled with, and at the convenience of, the Owner,
and may vary during the course of the Project.
e. Owner will not provide elevator operators or other monitoring of elevator use.
f. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity.
g.
Provide code compliant protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other
procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such
protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator maintenance contractor
to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return
items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and
refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required.
h. Procure and coordinate the elevator maintenance contractor to gain access to the
elevator shaft as required to complete the work
2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times and
provide the number to the Cornell Project Manager / Construction Manager.
2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during
construction. The Contractor shall maintain neat, clean, and sanitary conditions. The
Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with excessive custodial services
associated with such usage.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer
required.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TEMPORARY UTILITIES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 51 00-3
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities.
C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to
original, condition.
***END OF SECTION 01 51 00***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER TEMPORARY UTILITIES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 51 00-4
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items
incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a
careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every
source.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obscuring from public view, in a manner acceptable
to the Owner, staging and storage areas.
1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means
and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction space.
C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling,
storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation.
E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are
correct and products are undamaged.
F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement or damage.
1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE
A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat
and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or
with the daily functioning of the Institution.
B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored
weatherproof temporary storage sheds.
C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-1
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The
Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact
on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no
impact at all on the Campus.
E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid
overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to
exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored
materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work.
F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or
equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative,
shall move such materials or equipment.
1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE
A. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm Road
location shall be stored at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible
for repair or replacement of property due to any cause of loss.
B. The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at
Palm Road storage site associated with the Contractor's storage.
C. The Contractor understands that Cornell makes "no" warranty regarding any security at the
Palm Road site.
D. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination
caused by the Contractor's storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay
for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was
found.
E. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the
Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the
site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined
formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas
used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows:
1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an
investigation, all contractors who could be responsible based upon location of the
incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally.
F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is pen pitted at the Palm
Road site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents.
G. Unoccupied storage containers not within the project fence shall be labeled in the Cornell
standard. Signs customized for the project shall be ordered from Ithaca Plastics, Inc., 305
West Green Street, Ithaca, New York 14850, Phone - 607.272.8232, Fax - 607.277.2579,
Email — db@ithacaplastics.com.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-2
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
1.5 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may
be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The
Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including
items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the
Work.
B. Protection of Utilities
1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities,
pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary
precautions to protect existing facilities from damage.
2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The
Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of
its operation.
C. Protective Covering
1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows:
a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as
passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected
adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all
trades.
b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the
Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks,
gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not
protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as
specified) to satisfaction of Owner.
c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on
finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any
materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall
have rubber tires on wheels.
d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish
flooring during all phases of the work including after installation.
e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with
plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the
building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including
but not limited to flooring, wood in -fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment,
etc.
1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
A. Protect installed products, including Owner -provided products, and control traffic in
immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-3
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of
openings in and adjacent to traffic areas.
C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used
by construction personnel.
D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage:
1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to
foot traffic.
2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of
heavy objects.
3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products
will occur.
E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces:
1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products.
2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces
from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict
use of adjacent unprotected areas.
F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 66 00***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-4
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23
Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING
SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering services required for the Project.
1. Survey work required in execution of the Project.
2. Verify grades, lines, levels and dimensions shown on Drawings.
3. Lay out Work from established control points and bench marks.
4. Coordinate the Work of all trades.
5. It may be necessary at times to discontinue portions of Contractor's work in order that
the Owner's Representative may check measurements or surveys without interruptions
or other interferences that might impair the accuracy of the results. At any time, on
request of the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall discontinue its work to such
extent as may be necessary for this purpose and shall cooperate in all reasonable
means to the extent of providing labor, tools, or materials to assist the Owner's
Representative in making measurements and surveys.
6. Notwithstanding anything set forth above, it shall be the sole responsibility of the
Contractor to complete the works within the tolerances of lines and grades as given on
the drawings. No direct payment or claim for additional compensation will be
allowed the Contractor for any work or delay occasioned by the Owner's
Representative establishing or checking lines or grades or making other
measurements, and no extension of time will be allowed for such delays.
B. Owner's Representative will identify existing control points and property line comer stakes
indicated on the drawings, as required.
1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR
A. The Surveyor shall be a registered civil engineer or registered land surveyor, licensed in the
state in which the Project is located and acceptable to the Owner.
1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A. Basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are those designated on
drawings.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23
Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING
B. Locate and protect control points prior to occupation of the site, and preserve all reference
points during construction.
1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written approval of the Architect and
Owner.
2. Report to Owner when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation
because of necessary changes in grades or locations.
3. Require surveyor to replace reference points which may be lost or destroyed.
a. Establish replacements based on original survey control.
C. The Contractor shall provide and shall maintain axis lines on each floor and shall establish
and shall maintain grade marks 4' 0" above the finished floor on each floor level.
D. The Contractor shall furnish such stakes and other required equipment, tools and materials,
and all labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work.
1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A. Prior to start of construction operations, review and verify figures shown on Drawings and
on surveys furnished by Owner.
B. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate
means for site improvements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil replacement, utility slopes
and invert elevations, batter boards for structures, foundations, column locations and floor
levels, and controlling lines and levels required for the mechanical and electrical trades.
C. From time to time, verify layouts by the same methods.
1.5 RECORDS
A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses.
1. Make available to Architect and Owner on request: field books, notes, logs and other
data developed in performing survey and control work.
2. Maintain a record plan at field office for the information and use of all parties,
recording reference points, control points and bench marks.
B. On completion of foundations and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey
showing all dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of construction and turn over to
Owner. Submit copies of certified survey in accordance with Section 01 78 39 - Record
Documents.
C. When all enclosing walls are complete, certify the location and plumb of the walls.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER FIELD ENGINEERING
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 71 23-2
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23
Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit written qualifications of surveyor to Architect and Owner prior to starting survey
work.
B. Submit name and address of Professional Engineer to the Architect.
C. Submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work.
D. Submit certificate signed by registered engineer or registered surveyor certifying that
elevations and improvements are in conformance, or nonconformance, with Contract
Documents.
1. Indicate on record drawings all variations from Contract Drawings.
2. Indicate horizontal locations and elevations of all existing underground utilities
encountered during excavation and construction.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 71 23***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including
excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to:
1. Make its several parts fit together properly.
2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective work.
4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents.
5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or
new surfaces and finishes.
B. Upon written instructions of the Owner's Representative:
1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work.
2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified.
3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work.
4. Patch work uncovered or removed.
C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof.
D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the
Owner's Representative.
E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit
details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original
structure.
F. Openings and Chases
1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to
complete the Work as set forth in the Contract.
2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided,
build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the
Work.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER CUTTING, PATCHING AND 01 73 29-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REPAIRING April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution
of the Work.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or
excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety
of any portion of the Project. Include:
1. Identification of the Project.
2. Description of the affected work.
3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. The effect on the work of the Owner's property, or on the structural integrity of the
Project.
5. Description of the proposed work:
a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. The extent of refinishing to be done.
6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation.
7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching.
8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected.
B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the
original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 -
Substitutions and Product Options.
C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the
work will be uncovered.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner
that would change their load -carrying capacity for load -deflection ratio.
1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following:
a. Foundation construction
b. Bearing and retaining walls
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER CUTTING, PATCHING AND 01 73 29-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REPAIRING April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
c. Structural concrete
d. Structural steel and lintels
e. Structural decking
f. Miscellaneous structural metals
g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems
h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports
i. Equipment supports
B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in
a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut
and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in
increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety.
1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching the following operating elements or safety related systems:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment
b. Air or smoke barriers
c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers
d. Membranes and flashings
e. Fire protection systems
f. Control systems
g. Communication systems
h. Electrical wiring systems
i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in
occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in
visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut
and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner.
D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any
structural members without written permission of the Owner.
1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes
a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or
repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER CUTTING, PATCHING AND 01 73 29-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REPAIRING April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and
roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to
be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or
guarantee/warranty in force for membrane.
2. Water Tightness
a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials,
and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by
general practice to be watertight.
b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through
foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight.
c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce
water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative before
installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review
and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make
watertight at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 WARRANTIES
A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with
materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved.
B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If
identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed
performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match
visual appearance of in-place or existing materials.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to
movement during:
1. Cutting and patching.
2. Excavation and backfilling.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER CUTTING, PATCHING AND 01 73 29-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REPAIRING April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or
performance of the work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with
the work until the Architect has provided further instructions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of
that portion of the Work.
B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage.
C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties.
D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed
by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations
free from water.
E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining
areas.
F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be
removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting
and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching
required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least
likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper
surfaces to receive new work.
1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible,
neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces.
Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished
side into concealed surfaces.
3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a
diamond -core drill.
4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of
services is required.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER CUTTING, PATCHING AND 01 73 29-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REPAIRING April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified
tolerances.
1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the
installation.
2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained
adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and
refinishing.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint
coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface
containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent
surfaces.
3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent
finishes:
a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.
b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit.
4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall
utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the
existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a
uniform visual appearance.
5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished
area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide
an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing
floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve
uniform color and appearance.
a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and
comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these
Specifications.
6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re -hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -
plane surface of uniform appearance.
7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new
CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar
joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials
compatible with in-place materials.
8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and
masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar
joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory
materials compatible with in-place materials.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER CUTTING, PATCHING AND 01 73 29-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REPAIRING April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to
a weather -tight condition.
a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer
for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim,
base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards,
accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof-
top mounted items.
D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable
for new materials.
1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain
with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's
written recommendations.
E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent
settlement or damage to other work.
F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with
specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes.
G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed
work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure
disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to
remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement,
repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint,
mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar
features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering
to its original condition.
B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective
demolition operations began.
***END OF SECTION 01 73 29***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER CUTTING, PATCHING AND 01 73 29-7
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES REPAIRING April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 INSPECTIONS
A. Substantial Completion:
1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work
has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and
apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall
conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the
Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor
shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's
punch list), indicating the value of each item on the List and reasons why the Work is
incomplete.
2. After receipt of the Contractor's initial punch list, the Architect will make an
inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that
requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete
and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked -up list of items to be
completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor's punch list. The Architect
shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection,
when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete.
3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the
inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part
of the Work found to be incomplete or defective.
4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating
Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the
Ithaca Building Department.
a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or
reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System
Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance
with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code
of NYS.
b. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code does not require
the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems.
Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code
of NYS and NFPA.
c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance
Testing for the Following Conditions:
Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire
detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER PROJECT CLOSEOUT
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 77 00-1
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
- Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects
more than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be
isolated from the rest of the system
Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire
pump.
- A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components.
A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been
modified.
A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been
replaced or the control unit software has been replaced.
A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan
control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified
An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the
actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement.
A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system
where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14.
B. Final Acceptance:
1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or
corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this
notification and Contractor's certified list of completed items, the Owner's
Representative will inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A
copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions,
omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor.
2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions,
omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an
inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final
inspection.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize
items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual
exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework,
equipment, and building systems.
B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final
Completion.
C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP
A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the
completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any
kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion
of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings,
rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used
under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property
and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the
event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the
Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up
shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes
cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by
such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications.
2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and
existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned.
3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire
floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of
the flooring.
5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing
condition.
6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be
responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement
of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall
replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and
clean.
7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning.
8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces.
B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction
operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations
began.
1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK
A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall
obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.5 ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION TRAILER REMOVAL
A. Within fifteen (15) days of removal of on-site construction trailers, contact Cornell
Facilities Inventory Office to notify them of removal to allow for updating of Campus
Police 911 Emergency Response System.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 77 00***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22
Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried
and an Excel template.
B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried
in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the
Owner's Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall
include:
1. Name of Product
2. Equipment Classification
3. Manufacturer
4. Model Number
5. Serial Number
6. Cost
7. Location (including Building and Room Number)
8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation)
C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel
template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and
specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the
Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its'
disconnects with the MAXIMO JD using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in
close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access
point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects.
E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with
the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The
Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation
(i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner's Representative.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-1
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22
Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST
• Building Equipment
• AC Drive/VSD
• Air Dryer
• Backflow Preventor
• Air Compressor
• Building
• Sprinkler
• Control
• Vacuum
• Pump
• Condensate
• Glycol
• CWC
• HWC
• Potable
• Sanitary Sewer
• Storm Sewer
• Sump
• Quality Water
• Fuel
• Fan
• Exhaust
• Supply
• Return
• Fume Hood
• Furnace
• Generator
• Hot Water Heater
• Heat Exchangers
• Boiler
• Tank
• Unit Heater
• Fan Coil
• VAV Box
• Transfer Switch
• Motor
• Pump
• Fan
• Lift/Levelers
• Water Softener
• Reverse Osmosis
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-2
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22
Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 22***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-3
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's
maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract.
1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in
other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed
work.
2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior
to substantial completion.
B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of
equipment and systems.
1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel.
B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide
one (1) hard copy of complete manual in final form.
1. Hard Copy Format:
a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" and a CD with electronic files.
b. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word
file.
c. Drawings:
Drawings are required in both hard copy and electronic format.
Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text.
Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages.
d. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, and major
equipment.
Provide type description of product, and major
equipment.
Provide indexed thumb tab.
component parts of
component parts of
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES DATA
01 78 23-1
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
e. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATIONS AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
List:
- Title of Project
Identity of separate structure as applicable.
Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
f. Binders:
Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic
covers.
When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent
groupings.
2. Electronic Copy
a. The electronic version of the O&M Manual will contain all of the same content
and be organized in a manner similar to the hard copy version. Electronic
copies of the product data and record submittals shall be in PDF format.
Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format.
b. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with
hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that
contain the information.
c. When electronic submissions are made on electronic media such as CDs, two (2)
copies of the electronic media shall be provided.
1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL
A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order.
1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume.
3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of:
a. Subcontract or installer.
b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
c. Identify the area of responsibility of each.
d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE 01 78 23-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES DATA April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in
Contract Documents.
B. Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed.
b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation.
c. Delete reference to inapplicable information.
C. Submittal Data:
1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a
clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect
the "as -installed" system.
D. Drawings:
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
b. Control and flow diagrams.
2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct
illustration of completed installation.
3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
1. Provide infoiination sheet for Owner's personnel, give:
a. Proper procedures in the event of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE 01 78 23-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES DATA April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide
one (1) hard copy of complete manual in final form.
B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products:
a. Catalog number, size, and composition.
b. Color and texture designations.
c. Information required for reordering special -manufactured products.
d. Certification as to asbestos free
2. Instructions for care and maintenance:
a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods.
b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the
product.
c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
C. Content, for moisture -protection and weather -exposed products:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
a. Applicable standards
b. Chemical composition
c. Details of installation
2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair.
D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications.
1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide
one (1) hard copy of complete manual in final form.
B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1. Description of unit and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE 01 78 23-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES DATA April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts.
2. Operating procedures:
a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions.
c. Summer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
3. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble -shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Alignment, adjusting and checking.
4. Servicing and lubrication required:
a. List of lubricants required.
5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams
required for maintenance.
a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
8. As -installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.
9. Each contractor's coordination drawings.
a. As -installed color coded piping diagrams.
10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve.
11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE 01 78 23-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES DATA April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
1. Description of system and component parts:
a. Function, noilnal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. Circuit directories of panel boards:
a. Electrical service.
b. Controls.
c. Communications.
3. As -installed color coded wiring diagrams.
4. Operating procedures:
a. Routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
c. Special operating instructions.
5. Maintenance procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble -shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections
of Specifications and General Conditions.
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents
thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE 01 78 23-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES DATA April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
B. Submit completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase
of the Project.
C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance.
1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and
maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products,
equipment and systems:
1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating
and maintenance personnel.
B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction:
1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of
operations and maintenance.
C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been
instructed, describing:
1. Method of Instruction.
2. Equipment and Systems Operated.
3. Length of Instruction Period.
D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's
personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing.
1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and
procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 23***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE 01 78 23-7
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES DATA April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
The Contractor shall:
A. Compile specified warranties and bonds.
B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts.
C. Co -execute submittals when so specified.
D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents.
E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner.
1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the
respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors.
B. Number of original copies required:
1. One (1) each hard copy
2. One (1) set in electronic format.
C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for
each item.
1. Product or work item.
2. Item description.
3. Notation of what the equipment serves (e.g. — Provides perimeter heat)
4. Warranty Provider. Is the warranty provide a manufacturer or installer?
5. Firm, with name of principal and responsible party, address and telephone number.
6. Scope.
7. Duration.
a. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract
b. End date of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER WARRANTIES AND BONDS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 78 36-1
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
8. Provide information for Owner's personnel:
a. Proper procedure in case of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond.
9. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY)
A. Prepare in duplicate packets.
B. Format:
1. Size 8-1/2 in. x 11 in., punch sheets for 3 -ring binder.
a. Fold larger sheets to fit binders.
C. 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS".
List:
a. Title of Project
b. Name of Contractor
D. Binders: Commercial quality, three-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers.
1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY)
A. The electronic version of the Warranties and Bonds will contain all of the same content as
the hard copy version. Electronic copies shall be in pdf format.
B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks
to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information.
1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to
final request for payment.
B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial
Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the
date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period.
1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED
A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the
respective sections of Specifications.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER WARRANTIES AND BONDS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 78 36-2
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 36***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER WARRANTIES AND BONDS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 78 36-3
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of:
1. Drawings
2. Specifications
3. Addenda
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract
5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions.
6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
7. Field Test records
8. Construction photographs
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for
construction.
1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.
2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples.
B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform
Construction Index.
C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record
documents for construction purposes.
D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner's
Representative and the Architect.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.3 RECORDING
A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters.
B. Record information concurrently with construction progress.
1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded.
C. Survey Mapping
1. Provide an accurate topographic, planimetric, utility map of as -built conditions, and
mapped locations and elevations of constructed facilities / elements including as -built
and exposed underground utilities. Survey work in progress as required to accurately
locate constructed facilities / elements. Survey final condition of project extents at
final acceptance.
a. Site related elements including:
- Sidewalks, ramps, curbs, and gutters - indicate type and surface material.
Streets, drive ways, parking areas, labeled with material.
- Fences, walls, steps, handrails, signs, site furniture and light fixtures
labeled with material.
Live trees which have a trunk diameter of three inches (3") or greater and
all isolated or specimen trees. Measure tree trunk 3' above grade. Indicate
approximate trunk diameter, "drip line" and common name of tree.
Shrubs, show outlines of shrub masses.
Streams and bodies of water.
b. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure including:
Manholes, catch basins, drain inlets, cleanouts, vent stacks, tanks,
underdrains, foundation drains, monitoring wells,
detention/retention/filtration facilities. Label type (sanitary or storm),
dimensions and material of structure and cover/grate; pipe connections;
sizes, materials, direction of flow and invert elevations. Locate and
identify size, material, and invert elevations for culverts.
Water, gas, central steam, chilled water or other pressure lines, valve
boxes, meter boxes, hydrants, tanks, fittings, etc. Label type, size,
material, elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and
vertical angle changes.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
- Utility poles, above and below ground lines including but not limited to
power, street lighting, traffic control communication and sensors,
telephone, television, communication, fire and police call boxes, public
communication or display facilities. Label utility as direct buried, in
conduit, or concrete encased duct. Identify elevations at building walls
and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. Label all
utilities and associated duct banks or conduits with sizes and materials.
- Existing and abandoned utilities exposed during construction. Show ends
of abandoned utilities left in place and assumed continued direction of
utilities. Label with information as listed above.
2. Survey mapping shall be done under the personal supervision of a Surveyor,
registered in and licensed by the State of New York, who shall certify under his/her
seal the accuracy of the survey.
3. Field Survey Accuracy:
Horizontal and Vertical mapping shall be ACSM Second Order Class II, 1
in 20,000.
4. Coordinate base:
NAD83-86 geodetic system with grid values in the New York Central
State Plane coordinate system in feet with elevations in NAVD '88 in feet.
5. Each different feature shall be drafted on a separate named CAD level/layer in
Microstation or AutoCAD format using industry standard symbology of color, line
style, line weight, and cells.
6. Provide an ASCII file list of coordinates for all survey points including control,
feature, and topographic in the following comma delimited format: Point number,
Northing coordinate, Easting coordinate, Elevation coordinate, Point description.
7. Topography and spot elevations:
a. Topographic contours shall be accurately plotted at one foot (1') contour
intervals.
b. Record spot grade elevations as follows:
Within natural ground and lawn and planted areas, spot elevations shall be
shown to one-tenth of a foot (0.1'). Within all areas of built-up
improvements such as pavements, curbs, steps, walls, utility and drainage
systems or other site improvements, spot elevations shall be shown to one-
hundredth of a foot (0.01').
ii. Existing grade at building corners; and thresholds and finished floor at all
entrance, exit, or access points.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
Ithaca, New York
D. Drawings
SECTION 01 78 39
RECORD DOCUMENTS
iii. Develop road cross sections at 50 -foot intervals maximum, record spot
elevations for all drive centerlines and all beginning radius of street
intersections. For each cross section obtain elevations for front and back of
existing sidewalk, top and bottom of curb, and centerline of the street.
Obtain elevations for centerline intersection of all roads.
iv. For trees of three inches to eighteen inches (3" - 18") in diameter, record
elevation at high and low side at base of trunk. For specimen trees of
eighteen inches (18") or greater diameter, indicate four (4) spot elevations
on the north, south, east, and west at base of each trunk to one-hundredth
(.01) foot elevation.
v. Base, top, corners, and at cheek walls for all steps. Indicate elevations at
top and bottom of walls and curbs.
vi. Rim elevations of all catch basins, drain inlets, manholes, valve boxes,
slabs on grade. Inverts at all sewer pipes and culverts. Bottom of structure
floor and sump.
As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract
Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to-
day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked
on a drawing is to cavy the notation "per Change Order No. X", or similar reference which
cites the reason for the change. As an alternative approach the Contractor can submit a plan
for producing the "As -Built" drawings via electronic mark-up in Bluebeam, Adobe
Professional, or other similar program as an alternative to colored pencil or ink mark-ups.
Such plan shall be subject to approval of the Owner.
The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or
Owner's Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all
changes to the following areas of construction:
1. Architectural:
a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code
b. Wall, door, window locations
c. Built in casework locations
d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations
e. Material and products where submittals are requested
2. Civil and Structural
a.
b.
Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical
Materials and products where submittals are requested
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER RECORD DOCUMENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
01 78 39-4
April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
c. Load carrying elements and foundation systems
d. Site related elements including:
Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts,
significant architectural projections and other pertinent data.
e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete
reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock -out" panels made during
construction.
f Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems
g. Geotechnical subsurface information
h. Items that will require future maintenance
i. Life safety critical items
3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection)
a. Products where submittals are requested
b. Final locations of all equipment.
c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork.
d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork.
e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators.
f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance
dampers and fire dampers.
g. Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations.
h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas,
sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing,
including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves,
meters, clean -outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm
water drainage.
4. Electrical
a. Products where submittals were requested.
b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type.
c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access
Control/Security systems.
d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and
power supplies.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits
and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of
Change Order or job conditions.
5. Environmental
a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure
b. Sto,in water maintenance/testing access points
c. Location of unusual excavation findings / contaminated soil (i.e. mercury
uncovered during excavation, also on-site spills during construction), including
quantity excavated/disposed.
E. Specifications and Addenda
Legibly mark each section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of
equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
1.4 SUBMITTAL
A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner's
Representative.
B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and number
3. Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each record document
5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate
6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 39***
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES April 24, 2017
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
TEAGLE HALL AND WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078413
Ithaca, New York PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
SECTION 078413 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes through -penetration firestop systems for penetrations through fire -
resistance -rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing
penetrating items.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: For penetrations through fire -resistance -rated constructions, including both empty
openings and openings containing penetrating items, provide through -penetration firestop
systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements
indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire -resistance rating
of construction penetrated.
B. Rated Systems: Provide through -penetration fire stop systems with the following ratings
determined per ASTM E 814, to seal each penetration through fire rated building assemblies of
all types:
1. F -Rated Systems: Provide through -penetration fire stop systems with F -ratings to match
the fire resistance rating of the building assembly into which the fires topping system is
installed.
2. T -Rated Systems: For all fire rated floor -ceiling and ceiling -roof assemblies, provide fire
stopping system with "T" rating of at least one hour and higher as needed to match the
fire resistance rating of the building assembly into which the fire stopping system is
installed. Make the "T" rating match the "F" rating..
3. L -Rated Systems: Where through -penetration firestop systems are indicated in smoke
barriers, provide through -penetration firestop systems with L -ratings 3.0 cfm/sq. ft
(0.01524cu. m/s x sq. m) at both ambient temperatures and 400 deg F (204 deg C).
C. For through -penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical
damage, provide products that, after curing, do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions
both during and after construction.
1. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet -pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture -
resistant through -penetration firestop systems.
2. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches (100 min) in width and
exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting
floor loads involved, either by installing floor plates or by other means.
3. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through -penetration firestop systems
not requiring removal of insulation.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER 078413 - 1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078413
Ithaca, New York PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
D. For through -penetration firestop systems exposed to view, provide products with flame -spread
and smoke -developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per
ASTM E 84.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: For each through -penetration firestop system, submit documentation,
including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency, showing each type of
construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and type of
penetrating item.
1. Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting
agency's illustration for a particular through -penetration firestop condition, submit
illustration, with modifications marked, approved by through -penetration firestop system
manufacturer's fire -protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire -
resistance -rated assembly.
C. Qualification Data: For Installer.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FMG according to FMG 4991,
"Approval of Firestop Contractors."
B. Installation Responsibility: Assign installation of through -penetration firestop systems and fire -
resistive joint systems in Project to a single qualified installer.
C. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide through -penetration firestop systems that comply
with the following requirements and those specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements"
Article:
1. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A
qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, or another agency performing testing and
follow-up inspection services for firestop systems acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Through -penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per testing standard
referenced in "Part 1 Performance Requirements" Article. Provide rated systems bearing
classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency.
D. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that through -penetration
firestop systems are installed according to specified requirements.
E. Do not cover up through -penetration firestop system installations that will become concealed
behind other construction until each installation has been examined by Owner's inspecting
agency and building inspector, if required by authorities having jurisdiction.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER 078413 - 2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078413
Ithaca, New York PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, through -penetration firestop
systems that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those systems
indicated that are produced by one of the following manufacturers:
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the through -penetration
firestop systems indicated for each application that are produced by one of the following
manufacturers:
1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.
2. Grace, W. R. & Co. - Conn.
3. Hilti, Inc.
4. Johns Manville.
5. Nelson Firestop Products.
6. NUCO Inc.
7. RectorSeal Corporation (The).
8. Specified Technologies Inc.
9. 3M; Fire Protection Products Division.
10. Tremco; Sealant/Weatherproofing Division.
11. USG Corporation.
2.2 FIRESTOPPING
A. Compatibility: Provide through -penetration firestop systems that are compatible with one
another; with the substrates forming openings; and with the items, if any, penetrating through -
penetration firestop systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by
through -penetration firestop system manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Accessories: Provide components for each through -penetration firestop system that are needed
to install fill materials and to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. Use
only components specified by through -penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved
by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestop systems indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. General: Install through -penetration firestop systems to comply with Part 1 "Performance
Requirements" Article and with firestop system manufacturer's written installation instructions
and published drawings for products and applications indicated.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER 078413 - 3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078413
Ithaca, New York PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
B. Install forming/damming/backing materials and other accessories of types required to support
fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional
shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
1. After installing fill materials and allowing thein to fully cure, remove combustible
forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of
firestop systems.
C. Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results:
1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forning materials, accessories, and
penetrating items as required to achieve fire -resistance ratings indicated.
2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and
penetrating items.
3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce
smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
D. Identification: Identify through -penetration firestop systems with preprinted metal or plastic
labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches (150 mm) of edge
of the firestop systems so that labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating
items or firestop systems. Use mechanical fasteners for metal labels. Include the following
information on labels:
1. The words "Warning - Through -Penetration Firestop System - Do Not Disturb. Notify
Building Management of Any Damage."
2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number.
3. Through -penetration firestop system designation of applicable testing and inspecting
agency.
4. Date of installation.
5. Through -penetration firestop system manufacturer's name.
6. Installer's name.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspecting Agency: Owner will engage an independent inspecting agency to inspect through -
penetration firestops. Independent inspecting agency shall comply with ASTM E 2174
requirements including those related to qualifications, conducting inspections, and preparing
test reports.
B. Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace through -penetration firestop systems so they
comply with requirements.
C. Proceed with enclosing through -penetration firestop systems with other construction only after
inspection reports are issued and firestop installations comply with requirements.
END OF SECTION 078413
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER 078413 - 4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260500
Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sleeves for raceways and cables.
2. Sleeve seals.
3. Grout.
4. Common electrical installation requirements.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For sleeve seals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES
A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain
ends.
B. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe,
with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel.
1. Minimum Metal Thickness:
a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side more
than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch.
b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches and
1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch.
2.2 SLEEVE SEALS
A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between
sleeve and raceway or cable.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Calpico, Inc.
c. Metraflex Co.
d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260500 - 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260500
Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
3. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit.
Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable.
4. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element.
5. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to
sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.
2.3 GROUT
A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -packaged, nonmetallic
aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for
application and a 30 -minute working time.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit
for wall -mounting items.
C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated,
arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom
consistent with these requirements.
D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components
of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to
facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.
E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope.
3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or busways
penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire -rated floor and wall assemblies.
B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed
openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.
C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
D. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies
unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor
or wall.
E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.
F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.
G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4 -inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable,
unless indicated otherwise.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260500 - 2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260500
Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry
1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed
surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing.
I. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve
and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint.
Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants.".
J. Fire -Rated -Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable
penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section
"Penetration Firestopping."
K. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible
boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work.
L. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe
and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
M. Underground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow
for 1 -inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical
sleeve seals.
3.3 SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION
A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations.
B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable
material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve
seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against
pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
3.4 FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical
installations to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and
installation requirements are specified in Division 7 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260500 - 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260513
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM -VOLTAGE CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes cables, splices, terminations, and accessories for medium -voltage
electrical distribution systems.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Vendor data for all types and sizes of cables and accessories being supplied by the
Contractor.
B. Submit the following for approval:
1. Complete manufacturer's construction details and specifications for the cables, including
physical and electrical characteristics of insulation, shields and jackets.
2. Overall dimension and ampacity of cable.
3. Splicing and termination data, including the following:
a. List of materials.
b. Method of connecting conductors.
c. Details of cable preparation.
d. Method of applying materials (including quantities and recommended tools).
e. Precautionary measures.
f. Drawings showing method of splicing, complete with dimensions.
4. Furnish cable manufacturer's certified copies of the AEIC qualification test for the cable
being proposed.
C. Submit a Power Cable Acceptance Test Report (refer to Appendix A) for each cable installed by
the Contractor.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Furnish cable and cable accessories approved by Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) as meeting
National Electrical Code requirements and bearing the UL label where available for the
equipment specified.
B. In addition, the cable shall be constructed and tested in accordance with the following standards,
as a minimum:
1. ICEA S-68-516/NEMA WC -8 Ethylene -Propylene Rubber Insulated Wire and Cable for
the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy.
2. AEIC CS -6 Specifications for Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulated Shielded Power
Cables Rated 5 through 69KV.
3. UL 1072 Medium -Voltage Power Cables.
4. IEEE 48 Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High -Voltage Alternating -
Current Cable Termination.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260513 - 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260513
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM -VOLTAGE CABLES
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. All cable shall be new, delivered to the site and be less than two years since manufacture. It
shall be from manufacturer's stock and not a supplier's warehouse stock.
B. Ends of cables shall be kept sealed at all times, except when making splices or terminations,
using heat shrinkable plastic end caps with sealant or other methods approved by cable
manufacturer.
C. Each cable reel shall be durably marked with the following data:
1. Contractor's name.
2. Project title and number.
3. Date of manufacture.
4. Cable size and voltage rating.
5. Manufacturer's name.
6. Linear feet of cable.
7. Location where cable is to be installed (e.g. between manhole Nos. E-101 and E-102).
D. Manufacturer's certification of factory test values shall be submitted for all cable furnished.
2.2 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE
A. The cable shall be single conductor, 15 kV rated, 133% insulation level, UL Type MV -105 with
an overall PVC jacket and suitable for wet or dry locations. Cable shall be sized as per the
drawings. Acceptable manufacturers are Kerite, Okonite and Prysmian.
B. The conductor shall be annealed, uncoated, Class B stranded, soft copper with and extruded
semiconductor shield.
C. The conductor shield shall be a discharge -free design using a non -conducting high permittivity
compound. The conductor shield material shall be clean stripping from the conductor and
filinly bonded to the overlying insulation.
D. The insulation shall be extruded EPR (ethylene propylene rubber), rated 15 kV, 133 percent
insulation level with a minimum nominal thickness of 220 mils.
E. The insulation shield shall consist of an extruded semi -conducting layer directly over the
insulation. The semi -conducting covering shall have a metallic shield as follows:
1. For cable that will be spliced with existing cable runs, the metallic shield shall be a flat
uncoated 5 MIL thick copper tape helically applied over the semi -conducting covering
with a minimum 12.5% overlap.
2. For cable that will not be spliced with existing cable runs, the metallic shield shall be a
reduced (1/3) concentric neutral with helically applied over the semi -conducting covering
using annealed solid bare copper wires (typically #22 AWG).
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260513 - 2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260513
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM -VOLTAGE CABLES
F. PVC jacket to be black in color with a minimum nominal jacket thickness of 80 mils and shall
be extruded on to the cable assembly to ensure that any spaces around the metallic shield are
filled.
2.3 CABLE TERMINATIONS
A. Cable terminations shall be modular molded shrink type, IEEE 48, Class 1, 15 kV rated.
Terminations shall be of the kit form, suitable for use with the cable specified (3M QT -III or
Raychem HVT), including slip-on type flexible skirted polymer or silicon rubber insulator.
Terminations shall be of the hot or cold shrink type with internal stress relief to distribute the
electric field over the entire length of the skirted insulator.
B. Lugs shall be copper, long barrel, two hole or hour hole and rated for the voltage applied. The
lugs shall snatch the pads on the equipment to which the cable will be connected.
C. All terminations must be taped with an approved anti -tracking tape suitable for the system
voltage class.
2.4 CABLE SPLICES
A. Cable splices shall be modular molded shrink type, IEEE 404, Class 1, 15 kV rated. Slices shall
be of the kit form, suitable for use with the cable specified, including slip-on type flexible
skirted polymer or silicon rubber insulator. Splices shall be of the hot or cold shrink type (3M
QS -III or Raychem HVS) with internal stress relief to distribute the electric field over the entire
length of the skirted insulator.
B. The molded splice body shall contain a built-in internal semi -conducting layer which covers and
contacts the splice barrel and the cable insulation layer to prevent electrical stress build-up
inside the body. This semi -conducting layer shall be bonded to and covered with a cured
EPDM rubber or polymer insulating layer which, in turn, shall be bonded to and covered with a
semi -conducting layer and metallic shield and jacket.
C. Splicing sleeves shall be the long barrel type and rated for the voltage applied.
D. The completed splice shall be approved for underground direct burial and water immersion
service.
2.5 CABLE LABELING
A. Each cable group (i.e., 3 conductors) shall have an engraved, laminated plastic identification
label suitable for use from -40°F to 150°F. The label shall be resistant to oil, water and solvents.
B. Identification labels shall be a minimum of 1.5" x 4" and shall have a white background with
black engraving. Characters shall be a minimum of 3/16 inches high. Labels shall be fastened
to the cable group with nylon tie -wraps, installed over the arc proofing tape.
C. Cable group identification labels shall be installed in each manhole and where each cable group
exits the MAS Control Vault basement.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260513 - 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260513
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM -VOLTAGE CABLES
2.6 SEPARABLE INSULATED CONNECTORS
A. Description: Modular system, complying with IEEE 386, with disconnecting, single -pole, cable
terminators and with matching, stationary, plug-in, dead -front terminals designed for cable
voltage and for sealing against moisture.
B. Terminations at Distribution Points: Modular type, consisting of tenninators installed on cables
and modular, dead -front, tenninal junctions for interconnecting cables.
C. Load -Break Cable Terminators: Elbow -type units with 200-A load make/break and continuous -
current rating. Include test point on terminator body that is capacitance coupled.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CABLE PULLING
A. Prior to pulling cable, a mandrel that is '/4" smaller than the duct diameter shall be pulled
through the duct to ensure the duct run is free from any debris.
B. Cables shall not be pulled from an outdoor location when the outdoor air temperature is below
40T.
C. Contractor shall furnish all required installation tools to facilitate cable pulling without damage
to the cable jacket. Such equipment is to include, but not limited to, sheaves, winches, cable
reels and/or cable reel jacks, duct entrance funnels, pulling tension gauge, and similar devices.
All equipment shall be of substantial construction to allow steady progress once pulling has
begun. Makeshift devices which may move or wear in a manner to pose a hazard to the cable
shall not be used.
D. Pulling eyes, attached to the conductor(s), shall be used for pulling the cable(s). Cable grips
will not be allowed. Cable end(s) and pulling eye attachment shall be sealed watertight.
E. Cable pulling shall be done in accordance with cable manufacturer's recommendations, except
as modified herein, and ANSI/IEEE C2 standards. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be a
part of the cable submittal. Recommended pulling tensions shall not be exceeded. Pulling
bending radius dimensions shall not be less than that determined by the manufacturer or the
NEC. Restrictions of pulling bending radius dimensions shall be strictly observed. Training
bending radius shall not be less than 12 times cable diameter. Any cable bent of kinked to
radius less than recommended dimension shall not be installed.
F. Actual pulling tensions shall be continuously monitored and permanently recorded in a log and
submitted to the Engineer at the end of the project.
G. During the pulling operation an adequate number of persons shall be present to allow cable
observation at all points of duct entry and exit as well as to feed cable and operate pulling
machinery.
H. Pulling lubricant shall be used to ease pulling tensions. Lubricant shall be of a type which is
non -injurious to the cable material used. Lubricant shall not harden or become adhesive with
age.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260513 - 4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260513
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM -VOLTAGE CABLES
Where cables are left in manhole or switchgear overnight or more than 8 hours prior to
termination, the cable ends shall be sealed with paraffin or shrink wrap caps and supported in a
manner which will prevent entrance of moisture into the cable. Cable shall be terminated and
energized as soon as possible.
3.2 CABLE ROUTING
A. Manholes shall have the cable looped around the walls. In such cases, the cable shall circle the
manhole at least 360 degrees. Arrange cables to avoid interference with duct entrances into
manhole.
B. All new and existing cable in manholes shall be secured to racks on the manhole walls. Cables
shall be secured to racks with split porcelain insulators and clamps or mounted on a heavy duty,
nonmetallic, multi -mount cable support ann as manufactured by Underground Devices, Inc.
Insulators shall be of adequate size to contain all three phases and the ground wire (if present)
of a given circuit. Fastening cables directly to support channel with wire of plastic ties will not
be accepted.
C. Cables within switchgear shall be routed in a manner which will allow adequate room for
bending and terminating cables. Cables must be secured in a manner which will not result in
cable weight being placed on the termination electrical joint. Cable support shall be made in a
manner that does not force the cable against grounded metal or which compresses the cable
diameter. Cable training bending radius shall be at least 12 tunes cable diameter. Any cable
bent to a radius less than recommended dimension will not be accepted.
D. Seal around cables passing through fire -rated elements according to Division 07 Section
"Penetration Firestopping."
E. Identify cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.3 SPLICE AND TERMINATION INSTALLATION
A. Splices are to be held to a minimum. Splice locations shall be determined by cable lengths
available, pulling conditions and termination pints. Splice location are to be listed by the
Contractor prior to cable purchase and a listing of such locations submitted to the Engineer for
approval before final cable lengths are determined.
B. Only experienced electricians shall be employed in this phase of work.
C. Follow cable manufacturers and splice or termination manufacturer's installation instructions
and ANSI/IEEE C2 standards.
D. Clean, white lint -free gloves shall be used to handle end of cable during tape wrapping
procedures.
E. Termination or splicing of the copper conductors (both power and ground conductors) shall be
made only with tool applied compression (swaged) fittings.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260513 - 5
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260513
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM -VOLTAGE CABLES
F. Ground system connections shall be as follows:
1. Cable to bus: compression cable fitting bolted to bus with lock washers under nut.
2. Cable to ground rod: approved bolted fitting with backing plate between cable and rod.
G. The cable shield shall be grounded at each termination.
H. Any failure of a splice or termination during a high potential acceptance test will require
complete reconstruction of the joint to manufacturer's specifications. Make sure that there is
enough free cable at each termination or splice for two more terminations or splices to be
performed.
I. Scotch #70 tape shall be installed for anti -tracking protection on all exposed terminations.
J. All splices and terminations are to be tagged using engraved, laminated plastic identification
label suitable for use from -40°F to 150°F. The label shall be resistant to oil, water and solvents.
Identification labels shall be a minimum of 1.5" x 4" and shall have a white background with
black engraving. Characters shall be a minimum of 3/16 inches high. Labels shall be fastened
to the splice/termination with nylon tie -wraps, with the following information:
1. Installation date
2. Contractor
3. Feeder number
4. Splice/Termination Manufacturer and Kit Number
K. All cable splices in manholes shall be supported on both sides of the splice within 2'0" of the
splice. Splices shall not rely on cable for support.
L. Lugs shall be bolted to termination pads in equipment using corrosion resistant bolts, nuts, and
washers. Use Belleville washers for bolting aluminum to aluminum, and lock washers for
bolting copper to copper or as recommended by equipment manufacturer. Washers shall be on
the lug side. Torque to manufacturer's recommendations.
3.4 ARC PROOFING
A. All exposed cables in manholes, vaults (included the MAS Control Vault basement area) and
cable trays shall be arc proofed. This includes all new cables as well as existing cables where
they are spliced to new cables.
B. Arc proofing material shall be Mac Products Inc's AP30-30 or AP, Minnesota Mining & Mfg.
Co.'s 3M 77, Plymouth Rubber Co.'s Plymouth Bishop 53 Plyarc, or Quelcor Inc.'s Quelpyre.
C. Each triplexed cable group (i.e. 3 conductors) shall be arc proofed as a unit with a half -lapped
layer of 55 MIL thick arc proofing tape. For arc proofing tape less than 55 MIL thick,
additional tape layers shall be added to provide an equivalent thickness of 55 MIL.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260513 - 6
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260513
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM -VOLTAGE CABLES
3.5 CABLE ACCEPTANCE TESTS
A. Acceptance tests shall be performed by the Contractor on all cables after installation and prior
to energization. Acceptance tests shall follow all National Electrical Testing Association and
IEEE Standard 400 requirements and applicable test methods in ICEA and AEIC Specifications.
All splices and terminations are to be completed and tested as part of the acceptance test. The
Contractor shall complete a Power Cable Acceptance Test Report Form (provided in Appendix
A) for all cables installed by the Contractor.
B. In the event that tests results are not satisfactory, the Contractor shall make repairs and replace
components as necessary to correct faults. Following corrections, tests will be repeated to the
extent required to prove the deficiencies are corrected.
3.6 CABLE IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING
A. Each cable group shall be provided with an identification label (refer to Section 2.5) with the
following information:
1. Feeder number
2. Date installed
3. Contractor
4. Type of cable
5. Voltage Rating
6. Conductor Size
7. Manufacturer
B. Individual conductor phasing shall be identified at each cable termination, each cable splice, in
each manhole and in each pull -box. Phasing shall be identified using one inch (1") colored
vinyl plastic electrical tape wrapped (Scotch 35 or approved equal) around each conductor as
follows:
1. A — phase — one (1) red wrap
2. B — phase — one (1) white wrap
3. C — phase — one (1) blue wrap
C. See paragraph 3.3 SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS INSTALLATION for splice label
requirements. This is in addition to identification labels.
D. During entire cable installation, phasing of conductors shall be maintained and identified.
Where final connections to equipment are made, phasing shall be verified, marked and proper
phase rotation determined prior to connection.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260513 - 7
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519
Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less.
2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.
3. Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Field quality -control test reports.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70.
B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THW, THHN-THWN, or
XHHW.
C. Multi -conductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Type MC with ground wire.
2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC.
4. 3M; Electrical Products Division.
5. Tyco Electronics Corp.
B. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and splices of size, ainpacity rating, material, type,
and class for application and service indicated.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260519 — 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519
Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES
2.3 SLEEVES FOR CABLES
A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain
ends.
B. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
2.4 SLEEVE SEALS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
2. Calpico, Inc.
3. Metraflex Co.
4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
B. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between
sleeve and cable.
1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit.
Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable.
2. Pressure Plates: Plastic. Include two for each sealing element.
3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to
sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS
A. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 14 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 12 AWG and larger.
B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 14 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 12 AWG and
larger, unless otherwise noted.
3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND
WIRING METHODS
A. Service Entrance: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.
B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.
C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN,
single conductors in raceway, Metal -clad cable, Type MC.
D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-
THWN, single conductors in raceway.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260519 — 2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519
Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES
E. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in
raceway, Metal -clad cable, Type MC.
F. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single
conductors in raceway, Metal -clad cable, Type MC.
G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade,
Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.
H. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service
steel, wire -mesh, and strain relief device at terminations to suit application.
L Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.
J. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated.
and Underground:
cord with stainless -
B. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used
must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips that will
not damage cables or raceway.
D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and
follow surface contours where possible.
E. Support cables according to Division 26 Sections "Hangers and Supports for Electrical
Systems."
F. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification
for Electrical Systems."
G. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B.
H. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent
or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.
I. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack.
3.4 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260519 — 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519
Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES
B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core -drilled holes or foied
openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.
C. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies
unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor
or wall.
D. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces.
E. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.
F. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4 -inch annular clear space between sleeve and cable unless sleeve
seal is to be installed.
G. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with
approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies.
H. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve
and cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint according to
Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
I. Fire -Rated -Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials according to
Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
J. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual cables with flexible boot -type flashing
units applied in coordination with roofing work.
K. Aboveground Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical
sleeve seals. Size sleeves to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for
installing mechanical sleeve seals.
L. Underground Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size
sleeves to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between cable and sleeve for installing
mechanical sleeve seals.
3.5 SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION
A. Install to seal underground exterior -wall penetrations.
B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for cable material and
size. Position cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular
space between cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing
elements to expand and make watertight seal.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260519 — 4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519
Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES
3.6 FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
original fire -resistance rating of assembly according to Division 07 Section "Penetration
Firestopping."
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perforin tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized,
test service entrance and feeder conductors, and conductors feeding the following critical
equipment and services for compliance with requirements.
a. Generator
b. Fire Pump
2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA
Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.
C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:
1. Test procedures used.
2. Test results that comply with requirements.
3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve
compliance with requirements.
D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260519 — 5
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526
Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Field quality -control test reports.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUCTORS
A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by
applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Bare Copper Conductors:
1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.
2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.
3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.
4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter.
5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor.
6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, tenninated with copper ferrules; 1-
5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.
7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with
copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.
2.2 CONNECTORS
A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of
conductors and other items connected.
B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type,
with at least two bolts.
1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER 260526 - 1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526
Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
C. Welded Connectors: Exotheunic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for
materials being joined and installation conditions.
2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad steel 5/8 by 96 inches in diameter.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATIONS
A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for 10 gauge AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors
for No. 8 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum.
Bury at least 24 inches below grade.
C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green -colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On
feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection,
with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two
bands of yellow.
D. Conductor Terminations and Connections:
1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.
2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise
indicated.
3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors.
4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors.
3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those
required by NFPA 70:
1. Feeders and branch circuits.
2. Lighting circuits.
3. Receptacle circuits.
4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.
5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.
6. Flexible raceway runs.
7. Armored and metal -clad cable runs.
8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from
grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment
grounding bar terminal on busway.
9. Computer and Rack -Mounted Electronic Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment
grounding conductor in branch -circuit runs from equipment -area power panels and
power -distribution units.
10. X -Ray Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in circuits
supplying x-ray equipment.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER 260526 - 2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526
Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
B. Air -Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct -
mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters,
dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to
air duct and connected metallic piping.
C. Water Heater, Heat -Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated
equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat -tracing cable. Bond
conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components.
D. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor
connected to the receptacle grounding terninal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from
panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the
applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit
or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway
fitting listed for the purpose. 'Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a
separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from
panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the
applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Signal and Communication Equipment: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other
communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in
raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring
closet, and central equipment location.
1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Teiuiinate grounding
conductor on a 1/4 -by -2 -by -12 -inch grounding bus.
2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.
G. Metal and Wood Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a
separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed
with branch -circuit conductors.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise
indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may
be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as
otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if
any.
2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one -rod length
from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes,
and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER 260526 - 3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526
Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
C. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes are
specified in Division 26 Section "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems,"
and shall be at least 12 inches deep, with cover.
1. Test Wells: Install at least one test well for each service, unless otherwise indicated.
Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush
with finished grade or floor.
D. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance,
except where routed through short lengths of conduit.
1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate
any adjacent parts.
2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so
vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.
3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect -type
connection is required, use a bolted clamp.
E. Grounding and Bonding for Piping:
1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit,
from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service
entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes,
using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug -type connector to a pipe flange, using
one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed,
connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor
conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end.
2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water
meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector.
3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment
shutoff valve.
F. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of
associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond
across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been
energized, test for compliance with requirements.
2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground -resistance
level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test
wells.
a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of
precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural
drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of
reducing natural ground resistance.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER 260526 - 4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526
Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
b. Perform tests by fall -of -potential method according to IEEE 81.
B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values:
1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.
2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms.
3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms.
4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 3 ohm(s).
C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect
promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER 260526 - 5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529
Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems.
2. Construction requirements for concrete bases.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive
engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and
design criteria indicated.
B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported
systems and its contents.
C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
equipment and connected systems and components.
D. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum Loads
calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of [five] times
the applied force.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For steel slotted support systems.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the
following:
1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components.
2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components.
3. Equipment supports.
C. Welding certificates.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural
Welding Code - Steel."
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260529-1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529
Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field
assembly.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Allied Tube & Conduit.
b. Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
c. ERICO International Corporation.
d. GS Metals Corp.
e. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd.
g. Wesanco, Inc.
2. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to
MFMA-4.
3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating
applied according to MFMA-4.
4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-
4.
5. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria.
B. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101.
C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed
for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.
D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of
threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-aiiiiored electrical conductors or
cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces
as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron.
E. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates,
shapes and bars; black and galvanized.
F. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or
their supports to building surfaces include the following:
1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement
concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials where used.
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Hilti Inc.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260529-2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529
Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
3) MKT Fastening, LLC.
4) Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit.
2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, stainless steel, for use in hardened
portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials in which used.
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc.
3) Hilti Inc.
4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
5) MKT Fastening, LLC.
3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS
Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP -58.
4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP -58, type suitable for
attached structural element.
5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A
325.
6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type.
7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.
2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural -steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions
of supported equipment.
B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel
shapes and plates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical
equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter.
B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for
EMT and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter.
C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted support
system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding
specified design load limits.
1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single -bolt conduit clamps.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260529-3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529
Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
D. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-
1/2 -inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above
suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports.
3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this
Article.
B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT and RMC may
be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70.
C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength
will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits.
Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported
components plus 200 lb.
D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten
electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods
unless otherwise indicated by code:
1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts.
2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.
3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor
fasteners on solid masonry units.
4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.
5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock
washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inches thick or
greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than
4 inches thick.
6. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP -69.
7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.
8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets,
panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes,
transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means
that meet seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements.
E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing
bars.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS
A. Comply with installation requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for site -
fabricated metal supports.
B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation
to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260529-4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529
Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
3.4 CONCRETE BASES
A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches larger in both
directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from
edge of the base.
B. Use 4000 -psi, 28 -day compressive -strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and
placement requirernents are specified in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete."
C. Anchor equipment to concrete base.
1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equiprnent manufacturer's setting
drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be
embedded.
2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equiprnent.
3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions.
3.5 PAINTING
A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately
after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply
with SSPC-PA 1 requirernents for touching up field -painted surfaces.
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 Painting Sections for cleaning and touchup
painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous
metal.
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260529-5
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260533
Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring.
B. See Division 26 Section "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems" for exterior
ductbanks and manholes, and underground handholes, boxes, and utility construction.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover
enclosures, and cabinets.
B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections,
details, and attachments to other work.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
B. EMT: ANSI C80.3.
C. FMC: Zinc -coated steel.
D. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.
E. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight), EMT, and Cable:
NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and
environment in which installed.
1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886.
2. Fittings for EMT: set -screw or compression type.
3. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless
otherwise indicated.
2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING
A. ENT: NEMA TC 13.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260533-1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260533
Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
B. RNC: NEMA TC 2, EPC -40 -PVC, unless otherwise indicated.
C. LFNC: UL 1660.
D. Fittings for RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material.
E. Fittings for LFNC: UL 514B.
2.3 METAL WIREWAYS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Cooper B -Line, Inc.
2. Hoffman.
3. Square D.
4. GE
B. Description: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 250, Type 1 unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-
down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for
complete system.
D. Wireway Covers: Hinged type.
E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.
2.4 NONMETALLIC WIREWAYS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Hoffman.
2. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
3. Or approved equal.
B. Description: PVC plastic, extruded and fabricated to size and shape indicated, with snap -on
cover and mechanically coupled connections with plastic fasteners.
C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-
down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for
complete system.
2.5 SURFACE RACEWAYS
A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap -on covers. Manufacturer's standard
enamel finish in color selected by Architect/Engineer.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260533-2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260533
Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
b. Hubbell Inc.
c. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division.
d. MonoSystems Inc.
B. Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: Two-piece construction, manufactured of rigid PVC with
texture and color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems Division.
b. Carlon Electrical Products.
c. Panduit Corp.
d. Wiremold Company; Electrical Sales Division.
2.6 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS
A. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
B. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type FD, with gasketed cover.
C. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2.
D. Metal Floor Boxes: Cast or sheet metal, fully adjustable rectangular.
E. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Nonadjustable, round.
F. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
G. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed
cover.
H. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous -hinge cover with flush latch,
unless otherwise indicated.
1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic.
I. Cabinets:
1. NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized -steel box with removable interior panel and removable
front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge.
3. Key latch to match panelboards.
4. Metal ban-iers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage.
5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260533-3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 260533
Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit RNC, Type EPC -40 -PVC, RNC, Type EPC -80 -
PVC.
2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: Rigid steel conduit EMT] [RNC, Type EPC -40 -
PVC].
3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC -80 -PVC, direct buried, EPC -40 -concrete
encased.
4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFMC.
5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R, unless otherwise noted.
B. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT or RNC.
2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT or RNC identified for such use.
3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid steel conduit. Includes
raceways in the following locations:
a. Loading dock.
b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet -handling units.
c. Mechanical rooms.
4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT or FMC.
5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet
locations.
6. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit RNC Type EPC -40 PVC or LFMC.
7. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable: EMT or as otherwise noted.
8. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4, nonmetallic
in damp or wet locations.
C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 -inch trade size.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2
except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter.
B. Keep raceways at least 6 -inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes.
Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
D. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical
Systems."
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260533-4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260533
Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
E. Arrange stub -ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab.
F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 -degree bends in any conduit run except for
communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed.
G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise
indicated.
H. Raceways Embedded in Slabs:
1. Run conduit larger than 1 -inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main
reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab
support.
2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion
fittings.
3. Change from RNC to rigid steel conduit before rising above the floor.
I. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings
to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG.
J. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not
less than 200 -Ib tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire and
tie off securely.
K. Raceways for Optical Fiber and Communications Cable: Install as follows:
1. One (1) inch Trade Size and Larger: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 75 feet.
2. Install with a maximum of two 90 -degree bends or equivalent for each length of raceway
unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes
or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these
requirements.
L. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with
listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a
blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway
sealing fittings at the following points:
1. Where conduits pass from warn to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated
spaces.
2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.
M. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for luminaire
equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and
motors.
1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage.
2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage.
N. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw -cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block,
and install box flush with surface of wall.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260533-5
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260533
Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
O. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface.
P. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT
A. Direct -Buried Conduit:
1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench
bottom as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for pipe less than six (6)
inches in nominal diameter.
2. Install backfill as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving."
3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end
of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction
as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to
provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12
inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete
backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving."
4. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building
entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub -up ducts
throughout the length of the elbow.
5. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and
at building entrances through the floor.
a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase
coupling with 3 inches of concrete.
b. For stub -ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend steel conduit
horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of equipment pad or foundation.
Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment.
6. Warning tape: Bury warning tape approximately 12 inches above direct -buried conduits,
placing them 24 inches o.c. Align tape along the width and along the centerline of
conduit.
3.4 FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
original fire -resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements
are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260533-6
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260536
Ithaca, New York CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes aluminum cable trays and accessories.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include data indicating dimensions and finishes for each type of cable tray
indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details of cable trays, including plans,
elevations, and sections of components and attachments to other construction elements.
Designate components and accessories, including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice -plate
connectors, expansion joint assemblies, straight lengths, and fittings.
C. Field quality -control reports.
D. Operation and maintenance data.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Wiremold.
2. Cooper B -Line, Inc.
3. Cope, T. J., Inc.; a subsidiary of Allied Tube & Conduit.
4. GS Metals Corp.; GLOBETRAY Products.
5. MONO -SYSTEMS, Inc.
6. MPHusky.
7. PW Industries.
2.2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Cable Trays, Fittings, and Accessories: Aluminum, complying with NEMA VE 1, Aluminum
Association's Alloy 6063-T6 for rails, rungs, and cable trays, and Alloy 5052-H32 or Alloy
6061-T6 for fabricated parts; with chromium -zinc, ASTM F 1136 splice -plate fasteners, bolts,
and screws.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260536 - 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260536
Ithaca, New York CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
B. Sizes and Configurations: Refer to the Cable Tray Schedule on Drawings for specific
requirements for types, materials, sizes, and configurations.
1. Center -hanger supports may be used only when specifically indicated.
2.3 CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES
A. Fittings: Tees, crosses, risers, elbows, and other fittings as indicated, of same materials and
finishes as cable tray.
B. Covers: Solid type of same materials and finishes as cable tray.
C. Barrier Strips: Same materials and finishes as cable tray.
D. Cable tray supports and connectors, including bonding jumpers, as recommended by cable tray
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with recommendations in NEMA VE 2. Install as a complete system, including all
necessary fasteners, hold-down clips, splice -plate support systems, barrier strips, hinged
horizontal and vertical splice plates, elbows, reducers, tees, and crosses.
B. Remove burrs and sharp edges from cable trays.
C. Fasten cable tray supports to building structure.
1. Place supports so that spans do not exceed maximum spans on schedules.
2. Construct supports from channel members, threaded rods, and other appurtenances
furnished by cable tray manufacturer. Arrange supports in trapeze or wall -bracket form
as required by application.
3. Support bus assembly to prevent twisting from eccentric loading.
4. Manufacture center -hung support, designed for 60 percent versus 40 percent eccentric
loading condition, with a safety factor of 3.
5. Locate and install supports according to NEMA VE 1.
D. Make connections to equipment with flanged fittings fastened to cable tray and to equipment.
Support cable tray independent of fittings. Do not carry weight of cable tray on equipment
enclosure.
E. Install expansion connectors where cable tray crosses building expansion joint and in cable tray
runs that exceed dimensions recommended in NEMA VE 1. Space connectors and set gaps
according to applicable standard.
F. Make changes in direction and elevation using standard fittings.
G. Make cable tray connections using standard fittings.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260536 - 2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260536
Ithaca, New York CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
H. Seal penetrations through fire and smoke barriers according to Division 07 Section "Penetration
Firestopping."
I. Sleeves for Future Cables: Install capped sleeves for future cables through firestop-sealed cable
tray penetrations of fire and smoke barriers.
J. Workspace: Install cable trays with enough space to permit access for installing cables.
K. Install barriers to separate cables of different systems, such as power, communications, and data
processing; or of different insulation levels, such as 600, 5000, and 15,000 V.
L. Install cables only when cable tray installation has been completed and inspected.
M. Fasten cables on horizontal runs with cable cable ties as recommended by NEMA VE 2.
Tighten only enough to secure the cable, without indenting the cable jacket.
N. On vertical runs, fasten cables to tray every 18 inches. Install intermediate supports when cable
weight exceeds the load -carrying capacity of the tray rungs.
O. In existing construction, remove inactive or dead cables from cable tray.
P. Install covers after installation of cable is completed.
Q. Ground cable trays according to manufacturer's written instructions.
R. Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor with cable tray, in addition to those required
by NFPA 70. Bond together each tray section to connect building system ground.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. After installing cable trays and after electrical circuitry has been energized, survey for
compliance with requirements. Perfoi in the following field quality -control survey:
1. Visually inspect cable insulation for damage. Correct sharp corners, protuberances in
cable tray, vibration, and thermal expansion and contraction conditions, which may cause
or have caused damage.
2. Verify that the number, size, and voltage of cables in cable tray do not exceed that
permitted by NFPA 70. Verify that communication or data-processing circuits are
separated from power circuits by barriers.
3. Verify that there is no intrusion of such items as pipe, hangers, or other equipment that
could damage cables.
4. Remove deposits of dust, industrial process materials, trash of any description, and any
blockage of tray ventilation.
5. Visually inspect each cable tray joint and each ground connection for mechanical
continuity. Check bolted connections between sections for corrosion. Clean and retorque
in suspect areas.
6. Check for missing or damaged bolts, bolt heads, or nuts. When found, replace with
specified hardware.
7. Perform visual and mechanical checks for adequacy of cable tray grounding; verify that
all takeoff raceways are bonded to cable tray.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260536 - 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260536
Ithaca, New York CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
B. Provide asbuilt drawings of actual tray routing to Engineer/Owner.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260536 - 4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260543
Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Conduit, ducts, and duct accessories for direct -buried and concrete -encased duct banks,
and in single duct runs.
2. Handholes and boxes.
3. Manholes.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For accessories for manholes, handholes, and boxes.
B. Shop Drawings for Precast or Factory -Fabricated Underground Utility Structures: Include
plans, elevations, sections, details, attachments to other work, and accessories, including the
following:
1. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes.
2. Reinforcement details.
3. Frame and cover design and manhole frame support rings.
4. Grounding details.
5. Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, pulling -in and lifting irons, and sumps.
6. Joint details.
C. Shop Drawings for Factory -Fabricated Handholes and Boxes: Include dimensioned plans,
sections, and elevations, and fabrication and installation details, including the following:
1. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes.
2. Cover design.
3. Grounding details.
4. Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, and pulling -in and lifting irons.
D. Field quality -control test reports.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with ANSI C2.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUIT
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: Galvanized. Comply with ANSI C80.1.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260543 - 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260543
Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
B. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC -80 -PVC as indicated on the drawings, UL 651, with matching
fittings by same manufacturer as the conduit, complying with NEMA TC 3 and UL 514B.
2.2 NONMETALLIC DUCTS AND DUCT ACCESSORIES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. ARNCO Corp.
2. Beck Manufacturing.
3. Cantex, Inc.
4. CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group.
5. Condux International, Inc.
6. ElecSys, Inc.
7. Electri-Flex Company.
8. IPEX Inc.
9. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
10. Manhattan/CDT; a division of Cable Design Technologies.
11. Spiraduct/AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
B. Underground Plastic Utilities Duct: NEMA TC 6 & 8, Type EB -20 -PVC, ASTM F 512, UL
651 A, with matching fittings by the same manufacturer as the duct, complying with NEMA TC
9.
C. Duct Accessories:
1. Duct Separators: Factory -fabricated rigid PVC interlocking spacers, sized for type and
sizes of ducts with which used, and selected to provide minimum duct spacings indicated
while supporting ducts during concreting or backfilling.
2. Warning Tape: Underground -line warning tape specified in Division 26 Section
"Identification for Electrical Systems:
2.3 HANDHOLES AND BOXES
A. Description: Comply with SCTE 77.
1. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have open bottom, unless
otherwise indicated.
2. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural
load rating consistent with enclosure.
3. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50.
4. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC," unless noted otherwise.
5. Duct Entrance Provisions: Duct -terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for
secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall.
6. Handholes 12 inches wide by 24 inches long and larger shall have inserts for cable racks
and pulling -in irons installed before concrete is poured.
B. Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes with Polymer Concrete Frame and Cover: Sheet -molded,
fiberglass -reinforced, polyester resin enclosure joined to polymer concrete top ring or frame.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260543 - 2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260543
Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Annorcast Products Company.
b. Carson Industries LLC.
c. Christy Concrete Products.
d. Synertech Moulded Products, Inc.; a division of Oldcastle Precast.
e. CDR
C. Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes: Molded of fiberglass -reinforced polyester resin, with covers
of fiberglass.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Carson Industries LLC.
b. Christy Concrete Products.
c. Nordic Fiberglass, Inc.
d. CDR
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A. Excavation and Backfill: Comply with Division 31 Section "Earth Moving," but do not use
heavy-duty, hydraulic -operated, compaction equipment.
B. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades, unless
otherwise indicated. Replace removed sod immediately after backfilling is completed.
C. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work. Restore
vegetation and include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, and
mulching. Comply with Division 32 Sections "Turf and Grasses" and "Plants."
D. Cut and patch existing pavement in the path of underground ducts and utility structures
according to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching."
3.2 DUCT INSTALLATION
A. Slope: Pitch ducts a minimum slope of 1:300 down toward manholes and handholes and away
from buildings and equipment. Slope ducts from a high point in runs between two manholes to
drain in both directions.
B. Curves and Bends: Use 5 -degree angle couplings for small changes in direction. Use
manufactured long sweep bends with a minimum radius of 48 inches, both horizontally and
vertically, at other locations, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Joints: Use solvent -cemented joints in ducts and fittings and make watertight according to
manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in
same plane.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260543 - 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260543
Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
D. Duct Entrances to Manholes and Concrete and Polymer Concrete Handholes: Use end bells,
spaced approximately 10 inches o.c. for 5 -inch ducts, and vary proportionately for other duct
sizes.
1. Begin change from regular spacing to end -bell spacing 10 feet from the end bell without
reducing duct line slope and without forming a trap in the line.
2. Direct -Buried Duct Banks: Install an expansion and deflection fitting in each conduit in
the area of disturbed earth adjacent to manhole or handhole.
3. Grout end bells into structure walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances.
E. Building Wall Penetrations: Make a transition from schedule 40 PVC duct to schedule 80 PVC
duct at least 10 feet outside the building wall without reducing duct line slope away from the
building, and without forming a trap in the line. Install conduit penetrations of building walls as
specified in Division 26 Section "Common Work Results for Electrical."
F. Sealing: Provide temporary closure at terminations of ducts that have cables pulled. Seal spare
ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs to withstand at least 15-psig hydrostatic
pressure.
G. Pulling Cord: Install 100-Ibf-test nylon cord in ducts, including spares.
H. Concrete -Encased Ducts: Support ducts on duct separators.
1. Separator Installation: Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforming
of ducts, with not less than 4 spacers per 20 feet of duct. Secure separators to earth and
to ducts to prevent floating during concreting. Stagger separators approximately 6 inches
between tiers. Tie entire assembly together using fabric straps; do not use tie wires or
reinforcing steel that inay form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct
groups.
2. Concreting Sequence: Pour each run of envelope between manholes or other
terminations in one continuous operation.
a. Start at one end and finish at the other, allowing for expansion and contraction of
ducts as their temperature changes during and after the pour. Use expansion
fittings installed according to manufacturer's written recommendations, or use
other specific measures to prevent expansion -contraction damage.
b. If more than one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in a vertical plane and
install 3/4 -inch reinforcing rod dowels extending 18 inches into concrete on both
sides of joint near corners of envelope.
3. Pouring Concrete: Spade concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and
between conduits and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not allow a heavy mass of
concrete to fall directly onto ducts. Use a plank to direct concrete down sides of bank
assembly to trench bottom. Allow concrete to flow to center of bank and rise up in
middle, uniformly filling all open spaces. Do not use power -driven agitating equipment
unless specifically designed for duct -bank application.
4. Reinforcement: Reinforce concrete -encased duct banks where they cross disturbed earth
and where indicated. Arrange reinforcing rods and ties without forming conductive or
magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260543 - 4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260543
Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
5. Forms: Use walls of trench to form side walls of duct bank where soil is self-supporting
and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions; otherwise, use forms.
6. Minimum Space between Ducts: 3 inches between ducts and exterior envelope wall, 2
inches between ducts for like services, and 4 inches between power and signal ducts.
7. Depth: Install top of duct bank at least 18 inches below finished grade in areas not
subject to deliberate traffic, and at least 24 inches below finished grade in deliberate
traffic paths for vehicles, unless otherwise indicated.
8. Stub -Ups: Use manufactured duct elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at
building entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Extend concrete
encasement throughout the length of the elbow.
9. Warning Tape: Bury warning tape approximately 12 inches above all concrete -encased
ducts and duct banks. Align tape parallel to and within 3 inches of the centerline of duct
bank. Provide an additional warning tape for each 12 -inch increment of ductbank width
over a nominal 18 inches. Space additional tapes 12 inches apart, horizontally.
I. Direct -Buried Duct Banks:
1. Support ducts on duct separators coordinated with duct size, duct spacing, and outdoor
temperature.
2. Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of ducts, with not less
than 4 spacers per 20 feet of duct. Secure separators to earth and to ducts to prevent
displacement during backfill and yet permit linear duct movement due to expansion and
contraction as temperature changes. Stagger spacers approximately 6 inches between
tiers.
3. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for duct bank. Prepare
trench bottoms as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for pipes less than 6
inches in nominal diameter.
4. Install backfill as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving."
5. After installing first tier of ducts, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point and work
toward end of duct run, leaving ducts at end of run free to move with expansion and
contraction as temperature changes during this process. Repeat procedure after placing
each tier. After placing last tier, hand -place backfill to 4 inches over ducts and hand
tamp. Firmly tamp backfill around ducts to provide maximum supporting strength. Use
hand tamper only. After placing controlled backfill over final tier, make final duct
connections at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified
in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving."
6. Install ducts with a minimum of 3 inches between ducts for like services and 6 inches
between power and signal ducts.
7. Depth: Install top of duct bank at least 24 inches below finished grade, unless otherwise
indicated.
8. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building
entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub -up ducts
throughout the length of the elbow.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF HANDHOLES AND BOXES OTHER THAN PRECAST CONCRETE
A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with
connecting ducts to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. Use box
extension if required to match depths of ducts, and seal joint between box and extension as
recommended by the manufacturer.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260543 - 5
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260543
Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from
1/2 -inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth.
C. Elevation: In paved areas and traffic -ways, set so cover surface will be flush with finished
grade. Set covers of other handholes 1 inch above finished grade.
D. Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators,
as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm
lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables, but short enough to preserve
adequate working clearances in the enclosure.
E. Field -cut openings for ducts and conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written
instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for
terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed.
3.4 GROUNDING
A. Ground underground ducts and utility structures according to Division 26 Section "Grounding
and Bonding for Electrical Systems."
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. Demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements on completion of installation
of underground ducts and utility structures.
2. Pull test mandrel through duct to prove joint integrity and test for out -of -round duct.
Provide mandrel equal to 80 percent fill of duct. If obstructions are indicated, remove
obstructions and retest.
3. Test manhole grounding to ensure electrical continuity of grounding and bonding
connections. Measure and report ground resistance as specified in Division 26 Section
"Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."
B. Correct deficiencies and retest as specified above to demonstrate compliance.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Pull leather -washer -type duct cleaner, with graduated washer sizes, through full length of ducts.
Follow with rubber duct swab for final cleaning and to assist in spreading lubricant throughout
ducts.
B. Clean internal surfaces of manholes, including sump. Remove foreign material.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260543 - 6
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Identification for raceways.
2. Identification of power and control cables.
3. Identification for conductors.
4. Underground -line warning tape.
5. Warning labels and signs.
6. Instruction signs.
7. Equipment identification labels.
8. Miscellaneous identification products.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.
B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system
components used in identification signs and labels.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with ANSI A13.1.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145.
D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels.
E. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks
used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of
color field for each raceway size.
B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less:
1. Black letters on an orange field.
2. Legend: Indicate voltage.
C. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Preprinted,
flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching
wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260553 - 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
D. Snap -Around Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Slit, pretensioned,
flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway
or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.
E. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Slit,
pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit
diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.
F. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie
for attachment to conductor or cable.
1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, pei !anent, waterproof, black ink marker
recommended by printer manufacturer.
2.2 ARMORED AND METAL -CLAD CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. Comply with ANSIA13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of
color field for each raceway and cable size.
B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V and Less:
1. Black letters on an orange field.
2. Legend: Indicate voltage.
C. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and
chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend
label.
D. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; 2 inches wide;
compounded for outdoor use.
2.3 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of
color field for each raceway and cable size.
B. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and
chemical -resistant coating and snatching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend
label.
C. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie
for attachment to conductor or cable.
1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker
recommended by printer manufacturer.
D. Snap -Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with
diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping
action.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260553 - 2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
E. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve, 2
inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in
place by gripping action.
2.4 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1
to 2 inches wide.
B. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and
chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend
label.
C. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie
for attachment to conductor or cable.
1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker
recommended by printer manufacturer.
2.5 FLOOR MARKING TAPE
A. 2 -inch- wide, 5 -mil pressure -sensitive vinyl tape, with black and white stripes and clear vinyl
overlay.
2.6 UNDERGROUND -LINE WARNING TAPE
A. Tape:
1. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and
locate underground electrical and communications utility lines.
2. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations.
3. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert, and not subject to degrading when
exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils.
B. Color and Printing:
1. Comply with ANSI Z535.1 through ANSI Z535.5.
2. Inscriptions for Red -Colored Tapes: ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE.
3. Inscriptions for Orange -Colored Tapes: TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE,
COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE.
C. Tag:
1. Pigmented polyolefin, bright -colored, continuous -printed on one side with the inscription
of the utility, compounded for direct -burial service.
2. Thickness: 4 mils.
3. Weight: 18.5 lb/1000 sq. ft.
4. 3 -Inch Tensile According to ASTM D 882: 30 lbf, and 2500 psi.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260553 - 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
2.7 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS
A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145.
B. Self -Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory -printed, multicolor, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels,
configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Baked -Enamel Warning Signs:
1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size
required for application.
2. 1/4 -inch grommets in corners for mounting.
3. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches.
D. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends:
1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD -
EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES."
2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN
FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES."
2.8 INSTRUCTION SIGNS
A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch thick for signs up to 20
sq. inches and 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes.
1. Engraved legend with white letters on black face.
2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners.
3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged
equipment.
B. Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thermal
Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.
C.
for attachment at applicable
transfer or equivalent process.
Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal
transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. Overlay shall provide a
weatherproof and UV -resistant seal for label.
2.9 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS
A. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal
transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. Overlay shall provide a
weatherproof and UV -resistant seal for label.
B. Self -Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white
letters on a dark -gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.
C. Stenciled Legend: In nonfading, waterproof, black ink or paint. Minimum letter height shall be
1 inch.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260553 - 4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
2.10 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for paint materials and
application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location
(exterior or interior).
B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine
screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing
without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
B. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.
C. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and
methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device.
D. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners
appropriate to the location and substrate.
E. System Identification Color -Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color -coding band
shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in
contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors,
at 50 -foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 -foot maximum intervals in congested
areas.
F. Underground -Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous
underground -line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use
multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope
exceeds 16 inches overall.
G. Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for surface
preparation and paint application.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE
A. Accessible Raceways more than 600V: Identify with "DANGER -HIGH VOLTAGE" in
black letters at least 2 inches high with self-adhesive vinyl labels. Repeat legend at 10 -foot
maximum intervals.
B. Accessible Raceways and Metal -Clad Cables, 600V or less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch
Circuits more than 50 A, and 120V to ground: Install labels at 30 -foot maximum intervals.
C. Accessible Metal -Clad Cables 600V or less, install labels at 30 -foot maximum intervals.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260553 - 5
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
D. Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and
pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the wiring system legend
and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows:
1. Emergency Power.
2. Power.
3. FA.
E. Power -Circuit Conductor Identification, 600V or less: For conductors in vaults, pull and
junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color -coding conductor tape to identify the phase.
1. Color -Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600V or less: Use colors listed
below for ungrounded service and feeder conductors.
a. Color shall be factory applied.
b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits:
1) Phase A: Black.
2) Phase B: Red.
3) Phase C: Blue.
c. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits:
1) Phase A: Brown.
2) Phase B: Orange.
3) Phase C: Yellow.
d. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for a
minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or
taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible
unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings.
F. Install instructional sign including the color -code for grounded and ungrounded conductors
using adhesive -film -type labels.
G. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach marker tape to conductors and list source.
H. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control,
and signal connections.
1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, te,inals, and
pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation.
2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used
by manufacturer for factory -installed connections.
3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the
Operation and Maintenance Manual.
I. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground -line warning tape for power,
lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260553 - 6
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
1. Limit use of underground -line warning tape to direct -buried cables.
2. Install underground -line warning tape for both direct -buried cables and cables in
raceway.
J. Workspace Indication: Install floor marking tape to show working clearances in the direction of
access to live parts. Workspace shall be as required by NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless
otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush -mounted panelboards and similar equipment in
finished spaces.
K. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self-
adhesive warning labels or Baked -enamel warning signs.
1. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145.
2. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background.
3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access.
4. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of
equipment including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Power transfer switches.
b. Controls with external control power connections.
L. Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and
maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs
with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation.
M. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red
background with minimum 3/8 -inch high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used
for power transfer and load shedding.
N. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label
that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual.
Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control
panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power,
lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is
provided with its own identification.
1. Labeling Instructions:
a. Indoor Equipment: Screw mounted, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine
label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide five lines of text:
1) First line: 1/2 -inch letters on the first line stating equipment name.
2) Second line (if applicable): 3/8 -inch letters stating the existing equipment
naive in Parentheses ().
3) Third line: 3/8 -inch letters stating voltage/phase.
4) Fourth line: 3/8 -inch letters stating the breaker number, panel name and
room number/name (Owner's room number) from which the equipment is
fed.
5) Fifth line: 3/8 -inch letters stating function and/or equipment which it
controls.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260553 - 7
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label.
c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for
viewing from the floor.
2. Receptacle Labeling: Label shall be using Dymo Posiprinter, black lettering on clear tape
stating panel and breaker number from which it is fed.
3. Equipment to be Labeled:
a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures.
b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
c. Electrical switchgear and switchboards.
d. Transformers.
e. Electrical substations.
f. Emergency system boxes and enclosures.
g. Disconnect switches.
h. Enclosed circuit breakers.
i. Motor starters and variable frequency drives.
j. Push-button stations.
k. Power transfer equipment.
1. Contactors.
in. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices.
n. Battery inverter units.
o. Battery racks.
P. Power -generating units.
q. Voice and data cable terminal equipment.
r. Fire -alarm control panel, annunciators, devices.
s. Security and intrusion -detection control stations, control panels, terminal cabinets,
and racks.
t. Monitoring and control equipment.
u. Terminals, racks, and patch panels for voice and data communication and for
signal and control functions.
v. Receptacles.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 260553 - 8
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 261200
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following types of transfonners with medium -voltage primaries:
1. Dry -type distribution and power transformers.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type and size of transformer indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Diagrams including power signal and control wiring.
C. Operation and maintenance data.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with IEEE C2 and NFPA 70.
C. Comply with ANSI C57.12.28, IEEE C57.12.10, IEEE C57.12.70, and IEEE C57.12.80.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Service Conditions: IEEE C37.121, usual service conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Federal Pacific Transformer Company
2. Square D/Group Schneider NA.
3. GE Electrical Distribution & Control.
4. Eaton
5. ABB (Asea Brown Boveri)
6. Virginia Transformer Corp.
7. Hammond Power Solutions
2.2 DRY -TYPE DISTRIBUTION AND POWER TRANSFORMERS
A. Description: Comply with NEMA ST 20, IEEE C57.12.01, ANSI C57.12.50, ANSI C57.12.51,
ANSI C57.12.52, and UL 1562 for dry -type, 2 -winding transformers.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 261200 - 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 261200
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
1. Indoor, ventilated, vacuum -pressure impregnated and with insulation system rated at 220
deg C with an 80 deg C average winding temperature rise above a maximum ambient
temperature of 40 deg C.
2. KVA, high side, and low side voltages and configurations as shown on the Construction
Drawings.
B. Primary Connection: Air tenninal compartment with removable cover and predrilled copper
bus bars.
C. Secondary Connection: Air tenninal compartment with removable cover and predrilled copper
bus bars.
D. Insulation: Rated at 220 C with temperature rise of 80 C, maximum rise above 40 C.
E. Basic Impulse Level: High side: 60KV; Low side: 10KV.
F. Winding: Copper.
G. Full -Capacity Voltage Taps: Four, 2.5 percent taps, 2 above and 2 below rated primary voltage;
with externally operable de -energized, tap changer; position indicator; and padlock hasp.
H. Cooling System: Class AA, self -cooled.
I. Sound level may not exceed sound levels listed in NEMA TR 1.
J. Impedance: 5.75 percent (min.)
K. Enclosure Style: Cube (Square D "Style D" or equivalent), not to exceed 80" in height without
engineer's approval. Dimensions shall not exceed those shown on Drawings.
L. High -Temperature Alarm: Local, audible and visual alarm, and contacts for remote alarm.
Concrete Pad: Provide 4 inch high precast housekeeping pad for interior dry type transformers.
Pad dimensions to be 4 inches outside of transformer footprint. Verify final pad dimensions
once transformer submittals are approved.
2.3 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES
A. Nameplates: Engraved, metal nameplate for each transformer, mounted with corrosion -resistant
screws.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install and anchor transformers on concrete bases according to manufacturer's written
instructions and according to the project drawings.
B. Maintain minimum clearances according to manufacturer's written instructions and NFPA 70.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 261200 - 2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 261200
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify components and provide warning signs as specified in Division 26 Section
"Identification for Electrical Systems - FIELD QUALITY CONTROL."
B. Perforin electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.2.
Certify compliance with test parameters.
C. Test and adjust controls and safeties.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 261200 - 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262200
Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following types of dry -type transformers rated 600V and less, with
capacities up to 1000 kVA:
1. Distribution transformers.
2. Buck -boost transformers.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and weights.
1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Field quality -control test reports.
D. Operation and maintenance data.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with IEEE C57.12.91, "Test Code for Dry -Type Distribution and Power Transformers."
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Federal Pacific Transformer Company; Division of Electro -Mechanical Corp.
2. General Electric Company.
3. Hammond Co.; Matra Electric, Inc.
4. Magnetek Power Electronics Group.
5. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
6. Sola/Hevi-Duty.
7. Square D; Schneider Electric.
2.2 GENERAL TRANSFORMER REQUIREMENTS
A. Description: Factory -assembled and -tested, air-cooled units for 60 -Hz service.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262200 - 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262200
Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
B. Cores: Grain -oriented, non -aging silicon steel.
C. Coils: Continuous windings without splices except for taps.
1. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type.
2. Coil Material: Copper.
2.3 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
A. Comply with NEMA ST 20, and list and label as complying with UL 1561.
B. Cores: One leg per phase.
C. Enclosure: Ventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2.
1. Core and coil shall be encapsulated within resin compound, sealing out moisture and air.
D. Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEMA 250.
1. Finish Color: Gray.
E. Taps for Transformers Smaller than 3 kVA: None.
F. Taps for Transformers 7.5 to 24 kVA: One 5 percent tap above and one 5 percent tap below
normal full capacity.
G. Taps for Transformers 25 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5 percent taps above and four 2.5 percent
taps below normal full capacity.
H. Insulation Class: 220 C, UL -component -recognized insulation system with a maximum of 80 C
rise above 40 C ambient temperature.
I. Energy Efficiency for Transformers Rated 15 kVA and Larger:
1. Complying with NEMA TP 1, Class 1 efficiency levels.
2. Tested according to NEMA TP 2.
J. K -Factor Rating: Transformers indicated to be K -factor rated shall comply with UL 1561
requirements for nonsinusoidal load current -handling capability to the degree defined by
designated K -factor.
1. Unit shall not overheat when carrying full -load current with harmonic distortion
corresponding to designated K -factor.
2. Indicate value of K -factor on transformer nameplate.
K. Electrostatic Shielding: Each winding shall have an independent, single, full -width copper
electrostatic shield arranged to minimize interwinding capacitance.
L. Wall Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262200 - 2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262200
Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
2.4 BUCK -BOOST TRANSFORMERS
A. Description: Self -cooled, two -winding dry type, rated for continuous duty and with wiring
terminals suitable for connection as autotransformer. Transformers shall comply with NEMA
ST 1 and shall be listed and labeled as complying with UL 506 or UL 1561.
Enclosure: Ventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2.
1. Finish Color: Gray.
2.5 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES
A. Nameplates: Engraved, laminated -plastic or metal nameplate. Nameplates are specified in
Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install wall -mounting transformers level and plumb with wall brackets fabricated by
transformer manufacturer.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA
Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.
2. Infrared Scanning: Two months after Substantial Completion, perform an infrared scan
of transformer connections.
a. Use an infrared -scanning device designed to measure temperature or detect
significant deviations from normal values. Provide documentation of device
calibration.
b. Perfonn 2 follow-up infrared scans of transformers, one at 4 months and the other
at 11 months after Substantial Completion.
c. Prepare a certified report identifying transformer checked and describing results of
scanning. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and
scanning observations after remedial action.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust transfoimer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary tenninals.
Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 10 percent and not being lower
than nameplate voltage minus 3 percent at maximum load conditions. Submit recording and tap
settings as test results.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262200 - 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262200
Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
B. Connect buck -boost transformers to provide nameplate voltage of equipment being served, plus
or minus 5 percent, at secondary terminals.
C. Output Settings Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262200 - 4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726
Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates.
2. Wall -box motion sensors.
3. Snap switches and wall -box dimmers.
4. Solid-state fan speed controls.
5. Wall -switch and exterior occupancy sensors.
B. See Division 27 Section "Communications Horizontal Cabling" for workstation outlets.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking
wall plates.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers' Naives: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' naives are used in other Part 2 articles:
1. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell).
2. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton).
3. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices & Accessories (Pass & Seymour).
2.2 STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES
A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6
configuration 5-20R, and UL 498.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Hubbell; HBL5361 (single), CR5352 (duplex).
b. Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex).
c. Pass & Seymour; 5381 (single), 5352 (duplex).
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262726 - 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726
Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES
2.3 GFCI RECEPTACLES
A. General Description: Straight blade, feed -through type. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA
WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when device is
tripped.
B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Hubbell, GF5352.
b. Pass & Seymour; 2084.
c. Leviton 7599.
2.4 SNAP SWITCHES
A. Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20.
B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20A:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Hubbell; HBL1221 (single pole), HBL1222 (two pole), HBL1223 (three way),
HBL1224 (four way).
b. Leviton; 1221-2 (single pole), 1222-2 (two pole), 1223-2 (three way), 1224-2 (four
way).
c. Pass & Seymour; 20AC 1 (single pole), 20AC2 (two pole), 20AC3 (three way),
20AC4 (four way).
C. Pilot Light Switches, 20A:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Hubbell; HBL1221PL for 120 V and 277 V.
b. Leviton; 1221 -PLR for 120 V, 1221-7PLR for 277 V.
c. Pass & Seymour; PS20AC1-PLR for 120 V.
2. Description: Single pole, with lighted handle, illuminated when switch is "ON."
D. Key -Operated Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Hubbell; HBL1221L.
b. Leviton; 1221-2L.
c. Pass & Seymour; PS20AC1-L.
2. Description: Single pole, with factory -supplied key in lieu of switch handle.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262726 - 2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726
Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES
E. Single -Pole, Double -Throw, Momentary Contact, Center -Off Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A; for
use with mechanically held lighting contactors.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Hubbell; HBL1557.
b. Leviton; 1257.
c. Pass & Seymour; 1251.
F. Key -Operated, Single -Pole, Double -Throw, Momentary Contact, Center -Off Switches, 120/277
V, 20 A; for use with mechanically held lighting contactors, with factory -supplied key in lieu of
switch handle.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Hubbell; HBL1557L.
b. Leviton; 1257L.
c. Pass & Seymour; 1251L.
2.5 WALL PLATES
A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices.
1. Plate -Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.
2. Material for Finished Spaces: 0.035 -inch thick, satin -finished stainless steel.
3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel.
4. Material for Damp Locations: Cast aluminum with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed
and labeled for use in "wet locations."
B. Wet -Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with type 3R weather -
resistant, die-cast aluminum with lockable cover.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1, or as indicated on the drawings.
B. Coordination with Other Trades:
1. Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish
materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by
riding against outside of the boxes.
2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust,
paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and
cables.
3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint
unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall.
4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262726 - 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726
Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES
C. Conductors:
1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on
devices.
2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid
scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire.
3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70,
Article 300, without pigtails.
4. Existing Conductors:
a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors.
b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter.
c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough.
D. Device Installation:
1. Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show
signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complete.
2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect
conductors.
3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last
possible moment.
4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length.
5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding -head screw terminals. Wrap solid
conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw.
6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer.
7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice
No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections.
8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device.
9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device
mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact.
E. Receptacle Orientation:
1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up, and on horizontally mounted
receptacles to the right.
F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra -deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount
outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening.
G. Dimmers:
1. Install dimmers within terms of their listing.
2. Verify that dimmers used for fan speed control are listed for that application.
3. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to
manufacturers' device listing conditions in the written instructions.
H. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension
vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under
single, multigang wall plates.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262726 - 4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726
Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436.
2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital
readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement.
B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles:
1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V.
2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable.
3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable.
4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943.
5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted.
6. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit
breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar
problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new,
and retest as specified above.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262726 - 5
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262816
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fusible switches.
2. Nonfusible switches.
3. Receptacle switches.
4. Shunt trip switches.
5. Molded -case circuit breakers (MCCBs).
6. Enclosures.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. NC: Normally closed.
B. NO: Normally open.
C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component
indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. Include plans, elevations, sections,
details, and attachments to other work.
1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Field quality -control reports.
D. Operation and maintenance data.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262816 - 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262816
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FUSIBLE SWITCHES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution.
2. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.
B. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 1200A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1,
horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses, lockable handle with
capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.
C. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Six Pole, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and
NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses,
lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed
position.
D. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Double Throw, 600-V ac, 1200A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS
1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses, lockable handle
with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.
E. Accessories:
1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground
conductors.
2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded;
labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.
3. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are
specified.
4. Lugs: Suitable for number, size, and conductor material.
5. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground
conductors.
6. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded;
labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.
7. Lugs: Suitable for number, size, and conductor material.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262816 - 2
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262816
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
2.2 MOLDED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution.
2. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.
B. General Requirements: Comply with UL 489, NEMA AB 1, and NEMA AB 3, with
interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents.
C. Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse tune -current element for low-level overloads and
instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for
circuit -breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger.
D. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Field -replaceable rating plug, rms sensing, with the following
field -adjustable settings:
1. Instantaneous trip.
2. Long- and short -time pickup levels.
3. Long- and short -time time adjustments.
4. Ground -fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response.
E. Current -Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400A and smaller, and let -through ratings less
than NEMA FU 1, RK -5.
F. Features and Accessories:
1. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles.
2. Lugs: Suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material.
3. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent
lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge lighting
circuits.
4. Shunt Trip: Trip coil energized from separate circuit, with coil -clearing contact.
5. Auxiliary Contacts: One SPDT switch with "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic
circuit -breaker contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse of circuit -breaker contacts.
6. Alain' Switch: One [NO] [NC] contact that operates only when circuit breaker has
tripped.
2.3 ENCLOSURES
A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, NEMA 250, and UL 50,
to comply with environmental conditions at installed location.
1. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1.
2. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
3. Kitchen/Wash-Down Areas: NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel.
4. Other Wet or Damp, Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262816 - 3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262816
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
5. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids:
NEMA 250, Type 12.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install individual wall -mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and
temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components.
C. Install fuses in fusible devices.
D. Comply with NECA 1.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."
1. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide
warning signs.
2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated -plastic nameplate.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
B. Acceptance Testing Preparation:
1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch and circuit breaker, component,
connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit.
2. Test continuity of each circuit.
C. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA
Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
D. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and
inspections.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies enclosed switches
and circuit breakers and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies
detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
END OF SECTION
TEAGLE HALL & WARD CENTER
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADES 262816 - 4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 265100
Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Interior LED luminaires.
2. LED emergency lighting units.
3. Lighting fixture supports.
B. See Division 26 Section "Wiring Devices" for manual wall -box dimmers for incandescent
lamps.
C. See Division 26 Section "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including
occupancy sensors.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation.
Include data on features, accessories, finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom lighting fixtures. Indicate dimensions,
weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories.
C. Product Certificates: For each type of ballast for bi-level and dimmer -controlled fixtures,
signed by product manufacturer.
D. Field quality -control test reports.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In Interior Lighting Fixture Schedule where titles below are column or row headings that
introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified on the drawings.
HOLLISTER HALL CEE ENVIRONMENTAL 265100 - 1
PROCESSES LAB RENOVATION FEBRUARY 5, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 265100
Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING
2.2 LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4 for ceiling compatibility for recessed fixtures.
B. LED Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE
5A.
C. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
D. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Foran and support to prevent
warping and sagging.
E. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under
operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to
prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during
relamping and when secured in operating position.
F. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
1. White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent.
G. Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes:
1. Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to
yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation.
a. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch minimum unless different thickness is
indicated.
b. UV stabilized.
2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 LED Luminaires:
A. Tested in accordance with IESNA LM -79 (luminous output, power input, luminaire efficacy
(lumens/watt), color temperature, color rendering index, and IESNA LM -80 (output luminous
maintenance — 10,000 minimum test).
B. Output shall be a minimum of 60 lumens/watt.
C. Rated life shall be a minimum of 50,000 hours at 50% output. Testing shall be performed by a
US Department of Energy (DOE) accredited laboratory.
D. LED drivers shall be solid state, Class 1 power supplies/drivers. The system shall have a 90%
power factor and a maximum of 30% THD.
HOLLISTER HALL CEE ENVIRONMENTAL 265100 - 2
PROCESSES LAB RENOVATION FEBRUARY 5, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 265100
Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING
2.4 LED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
A. Description: Self-contained units complying with UL 924.
1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, Ni -cad type.
2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
3. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power supply circuit voltage drops
to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery
when voltage approaches deep -discharge level. When noiuial voltage is restored, relay
disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on
charger.
4. Test Push Button: Push -to -test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and
demonstrates unit operability.
5. LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge;
bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle.
2.5 LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel -
and angle -iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
B. Single -Stern Hangers: 1/2 -inch steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish
same as fixture.
C. Twin -Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2 -inch steel tubes with single canopy designed to mount a single
fixture. Finish same as fixture.
D. Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc -coated steel, 12 gage.
E. Rod Hangers: 3/16 -inch minimum diameter, cadmium -plated, threaded steel rod.
F. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with
threaded attachment, cord, and locking -type plug.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Lighting fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each
fixture.
B. Comply with NFPA 70 for minimum fixture supports.
C. Suspended Lighting Fixture Support:
1. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches, brace to limit swinging.
2. Stem -Mounted, Single -Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin -stem hangers.
3. Continuous Rows: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for
suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis, including one at each end.
HOLLISTER HALL CEE ENVIRONMENTAL 265100 - 3
PROCESSES LAB RENOVATION FEBRUARY 5, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 265100
Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING
D. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors
and Cables."
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify
transfer from normal power to battery and retransfer to normal.
B. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and
interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate
compliance with standards.
END OF SECTION
HOLLISTER HALL CEE ENVIRONMENTAL 265100 - 4
PROCESSES LAB RENOVATION FEBRUARY 5, 2016